Preamble: 1.1 Short Title-Extent and Commencement

Second Revised General Development Control Regulations 2006
1. PREAMBLE
In pursuance of the provisions contained in clause (m) of subsection (2) of section 12 and
clause (c) of subsection (2) of section 13 of the Gujarat Town Planning and Urban
Development Act 1976 the Vadodara Urban Development Authority hereby makes the
following Regulations.
1.1 SHORT TITLE-EXTENT AND COMMENCEMENT
1.1.1 These Regulations may be called the Second Revised General Development
Control Regulations, 2006 of the Second Revised Development Plan of VUDA
(including Vadodara Municipal Corporation Area.)
1.1.2 These Regulations shall come into force on and from the date prescribed in the
notification of sanction of the development plan.
1.1.3 Subject to the provisions of the Gujarat Town Planning and Urban Development
Act-1976, these Regulations shall apply to all the developments in the Urban
Developments Area including Vadodara Municipal Corporation area notified under
sub-section (2) of section 22 of the Act vide Gujarat Government, Panchayat,
Housing and Urban Development Department Notification No.
GHB/22/UDA/1177/646(4)-Q(2) Dt: January 30, 1978 as may be modified or
amended from time to time.
1.1.4 The General Development Control Regulations 1994 of VUDA are hereby
Modified, Revised and Replaced by these Regulations.
SAVINGS:
Not withstanding such modifications and revision, anything done or any action
taken under the regulations in force prior to such modification shall be deemed to
be valid and continue to be so valid, unless otherwise specified.
1
2. DEFINITIONS.
In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires, the terms and expressions
defined as follows shall have the meaning indicated against each of them.
The terms and expressions not defined in these regulations shall have the same meanings
as in the Gujarat Town Planning & Urban Development Act 1976, or Local Acts and the
rules or framed thereunder or as mentioned in National Building Code (NBC) as the case
may be unless the context otherwise requires.
2.1. ACT
Means the Gujarat Town Planning and Urban Development Act, 1976 (President Act No. 27
of 1976) and B. P. M. C. Act 1949 or Local Acts as stated in the context.
2.2. ADDITIONS AND / OR ALTERATIONS: Means any change in existing authorized building
or change from one use to another use, or a structural change such as additions to the area
or height, or the removal of part of a building, or a change to the structure such as the
construction or cutting into or removal of any wall or part of a wall, partition, column, beam,
joist, floor including a mezzanine floor or other support or a change to or closing of any
required means of ingress or egress or a change to fixtures or equipments, as provided in
these regulations.
2.3. ADVERTISING SIGN / HOARDING: Means any surface or a structure with character,
letter or illustration, applied there to and displayed in any manner whatsoever out of doors
for the purpose of advertising giving information regarding or to attract the people to any
place, person, public performance, article or merchandise, and which surface or structure
is attached to, forms part of, or is connected with any building or is fixed to a tree or to the
ground or to any pole, screen, hoarding or displayed any space or in or over any water body
included in the limits of notified area of Competent Authority.
2.4. AIR – CONDITIONING: Means the process of treating air to control simultaneously its
temperature, humidity, cleanliness and distribution to meet the requirement of an enclosed
space.
2.5. AMENITIES: Means roads, streets, open spaces, parks, recreational grounds, play-
grounds, gardens, water supply, electric supply, street lighting, drainage, sewerage, public
works and other utilities, communication network, surface and convenience.
2.6. APARTMENT / FLATS: Apartment / Flats shall means residential dwelling unit constructed
in a detached or semi-detached manner being designed as Ground Floor plus more upper
floors and constructed as-separate dwelling unit with common staircase.
2.7. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM: Means as arrangement of pipes and sprinklers,
automatically operated by heat and discharging water on fire, simultaneously and audible
alarm.
2.8. BASEMENT OR CELLAR: Shall mean the lower storey of a building having at least half of
the clear floor height of the basement or cellar below average ground level
2.9. BUILDING: Means all types of permanent building defined in (a) to (r) below, but structure
of temporary nature like tents, hutment as well as shamianas erected for temporary
purposes for ceremonial occasions, with the permission of the Competent Authority, shall
not be considered to be “building”.
a. Assembly building means a building or part thereof where groups of people
congregate or gather for amusement, recreation, social, religious, patriotic, civil, travel
and similar purpose.
2
“Assembly building” include buildings of drama and cinema theaters, city halls, town
halls, auditorium, exhibition halls, museums, “marriage hall”, “skating rings”,
gymnasium, stadium, restaurants, catering or boarding houses, place of worship,
dance halls, clubs, gymkhanas, road, air, sea of other public transportation stations
and recreation piers.
b. “Business building” means any building or part thereof used for transaction of record
therefore, offices, banks, all professional establishments, court houses classified as
business buildings if their principal function is transaction of business and/or keeping
of books and records.
c. “Detached building” means a building with walls and roofs independent of any other
building and with open spaces on all sides.
d. “Semi-Detached Building” means a building detached on three side with open spaces
as specified in these Regulations.
e. “Educational building” means a building exclusively used for a school or college,
recognized by the appropriate Board or University, or any other Competent Authority
involving assembly for instruction, education or recreation incidental to educational
use, and including a building for such other users incidental there to such as a library or
a research institution. It shall also include quarters for essential staff required to reside
in the premises, and a building used as a hostel captive to an educational institution
whether situated in its campus or not.
f. “Hazardous building” means a building or part thereof used for,-
i. storage, handling, manufacture or processing or radio-active substances or of
highly combustible or explosive materials or products which are liable to burn with
extreme rapidity and/or producing poisonous fumes or explosive enabatuibs.
ii. storage, handling, manufacture or processing of which involves highly corrosive,
toxic obnoxious alkalis, acids, or a other liquids, gases or chemicals producing
flame, fumes, and explosive mixtures or which result in division of matter into fine
particles capable of spontaneous ignition.
g. “Industrial building” means a building or part thereof wherein products or, material
are fabricated, assembled or processed, such as assembly plants, laboratories, power
plants, refineries, gas plants, mills dairies and factories.
h. “Institutional building” means a building constructed by Government, Semi-
Government organizations, public sector undertakings, registered Charitable Trusts
for their public activities, such as education, medical, recreational and cultural, hostel
for working women or men or for an auditorium or complex for cultural and allied
activities or for an hospital care of orphans, abandoned women, children and infants,
convalescents, destitute or aged persons and for penal or correctional detention with
restricted liberty of the inmates ordinarily providing sleeping accommodation, and
includes dharamshalas, hospitals, sanatoria, custodian and penal institutions such as
jails”, prisons, mental hospitals, houses of correction, detention and reformatories
building constructed for the promotion of Tourism such a, stared hotels, clubs, golf
course, sport stadium and all activities of Tourist Unit as may be declared by
Government from time to time.
i. “Mercantile building” means a building or part thereof used as shops, stores or markets
for display and sale of wholesale or retail goods or merchandise, including office,
storage and service facilities incidental thereto located in the same building.
j. “Low Rise Building”, shall mean a building having height upto 16.50 mts, and having
ground floor plus four floors. However hollow plinth upto 2.80 mt and parapet on
terrace upto 1.50 mt. shall not be counted.
k. “High rise building” shall mean building other than mentioned in 2.9 (j) “ low rise
building”. Provided the maximum permissible height shall not exceed 40.00 mts.
3
l. “Office building” (promises), means a building or premises or part thereof whose sole of
principal use is for an office or for office purposes or clerical work. “Office purposes”
includes the purpose of administration, clerical work, handling money, telephone,
telegraph and computer operation, and clerical work” includes writing, book-keeping
sorting papers, typing, filing, duplicating, punching cards or taps, machines
calculations, drawing of matter for publication and editorial preparation of matter for
publication.
m. “Public Building” means a building constructed by Government, Semi-Government
organizations, public sector under-taking, registered Charitable Trust or such other
organizations for their non-profitable public activities.
n. “Residential Building” means a building in which sleeping accommodation is provided
for normal residential purposes, with or without cooking or dining facilities, and
includes one or more family dwellings, lodging or boarding houses, hostels,
dormitories, apartment houses, flats and private garages of such buildings.
o. “Special Building” means
i. a building solely used for the purpose of a drama or cinema theater, motion picture
a drive-in-theater, an assembly hall or auditorium, town hall, lecture hall, an
exhibition hall, theater museum, stadium, community hall, marriage hall.
ii. a hazardous building;
iii. a building of a wholesale establishment;
iv. centrally air-conditioned building which exceeds 15 mts. in height, in case where in
building is constructed on stilt.
p. “Storage Building” means a building or part thereof used primarily for storage or shelter
of goods, merchandise and includes a building used as a warehouse, cold storage
freight depot, transit shed, store house, public garage, hanger, truck terminal, grain
elevator, barn and stable.
q. “Unsafe Building” means a building which
i. is structurally unsafe
ii. is insanitary
iii. is not provided with adequate means of egress.
iv. constitutes a fire hazard,
v. is dangerous to human life,
vi. in relation to its existing use constitutes a hazard to safety or health or public
welfare by reasons of inadequate maintenance, dilapidation or abandonment.
r. “Wholesale establishment” means an establishment wholly or partly engaged in
wholesale trade and, manufactures wholesale outlets, including related storage
facilities, warehouses and establishments engaged in truck transport, including truck
transport booking warehouses.
2.10. BUILDING LINE: Means the line upto which the plinth of building adjoining a street or an
extension of a street or on a future street may lawfully extend and includes the lines
prescribed, in any T.P. scheme and/or Development Plan.
2.11. BUILDING UNIT: Shall mean a land/plot or part of land/plot or combination of more than
one land/plot as approved by the Competent Authority. Provided however where an
alignment has been fixed on any road by any Competent Authority, the building unit shall
mean and refer to the land excluding the portion falling in alignment.
2.12. BUILT-UP AREA: Means the area covered by a building on all floors including cantilevered
portion, if any, but except the areas excluded specifically under these Regulations.
2.13. BALCONY OR GALLERY : A horizontal projection including handrail or balustrade to
serve as passage or sitting out place and shall not include verandah.
4
2.14. COMPETENT AUTHORITY: Means any person or persons or Authority or Authorities

authorized by the Vadodara Urban Development Authority / Vadodara Municipal
Corporation as the case may be to perform such functions as may be specified. Different
persons or Authorities may be authorized to perform different functions.
2.15. CHIMNEY: Means a construction by means of which a flue is formed for the purpose of
carrying products of combustion to the open air and includes a chimney stack and the flue
pipe.
2.16. CHHAJJA: Means a structural overhang provided over opening on external walls for
protection from the whether.
2.17. CHOWK: Means a fully or partially enclosed space permanently open to the sky within a
building at any level, inner chowk being enclosed on all sides except as provided in
Regulation 11 and 12 and an outer chowk having one unenclosed side.
2.18. COMBUSTIBLE MATERIAL: Means the material which when burnt adds heat to a fire
when tested for combustibility in accordance with the IS : 3808-1966 Method of Test for
Combustibility of Building Material, National Building Code.
2.19. CONTIGUOUS HOLDING: Means a contiguous piece of land in one ownership
irrespective of separate property register card/ record of rights.
2.20. CORRIDOR: Means a common passage or circulation space including a common
entrance hall.
2.21. COURTYARD: Means a space permanently open to the sky within the site around a
structure and paved/concrete.
2.22. COMMON PLOT: Shall mean a common open space exclusive of margins and
approaches, at a height not more than ground level of the building unit. The owner shall
have to give an undertaking that the common plot shall be for the common use of all the
resident or occupants of the building unit, free of cost.
On sanction of the development permission, the common plot shall deem to have vested in
the society/association of the residents/occupants. In case such society or Association is to
be formed, the possession/custody of common plot shall remain with the
developer/builder/owner of the building unit until such association/society is formed. The
common plot shall not be sold to any other person and it shall not be put to any other use
except for the common use of the residents/occupants.
2.23. DEVELOPER: Shall mean the person who is legally empowered to construct or to execute
work on a building unit, building or structure, or where no person is empowered, the owner
of the building unit, building or structure.
2.24. DHARMASHALA: Means a building used as a place of religious assembly, a rest house, a
place in which charity is exercise with religious or social motives, or a place where in a
certain section of people have a right of, or are granted, residence without payment or
nominal payment.
2.25. DRAIN: Means a system or a line of pipes, with their fittings and accessories such as
manholes, inspection chambers, traps gullies, floor traps used for drainage of building or
yards appurtenant to the building within the same cartilage. A drain includes an open
channel for conveying surface water or a system for the removal of any liquid.
2.26. DWELLING UNIT: Means a shelter consisting of residential accommodation for one family.
Provided that the minimum accommodation in a dwelling unit shall be one room of
minimum carpet area of 9 sq.mts. with a minimum side of 2.4 Mts. and a.w.c.
5
2.27. ENCLOSED STAIRCASE: Means a staircase separated by fire resistant walls and doors
from the rest of the building.
2.28. EXISTING BUILDING: Means a building or a structure existing authorised before the
commencement of these Regulations.
2.29. EXISTING USE: Means use of a building or a structure existing authorised before the
commencement of these Regulations.
2.30. EXIT: Means a passage, channel of means of egress from any building, storey or floor area
to a street or other open space of safety; horizontal exit, outside exit and vertical exit having
meanings at (i), (ii) and (iii) respectively as under:
i) “HORIZONTAL EXIT”: - means an exit which is a protected opening through or
around at firewall or bridge connecting two or more buildings.
ii) “OUTSIDE EXIT”: - means an exit from a building to a public way, to an open area
leading to a public way or to an enclosed fire resistant passage leading to a public
way.
iii) “VERTICAL EXIT”: - means an exit used for ascending or descending between two
or more levels, including stairways, smoke-proof towers, ramps, escalators and
fire escapes.
2.31. EXTERNAL WALL: Means an outer wall of a building not being a party wall even though
adjoining a wall of another building and also means a wall abutting on an interior open
space of any building.
2.32. ESCAPE ROUTE: Means any well-ventilated corridor, staircase or other circulations
space, or any combination of the same, by means of which a safe place in the open air at
ground level can be reached.
2.33. FIRE AND/OR EMERGENCY ALARM SYSTEM: Means an arrangement of call points or
detectors, sounders and other equipment for the transmission and indication of alarm
signals working automatically or manually in the event of fire.
2.34. FIRE LIFT: Means a special lift designed for the use of fire service personnel in the event of
fire or other emergency.
2.35. FIRE PROOF DOOR: Means a door or shutter fitted to a wall opening, and constructed and
erected with the requirement to check the transmission of heat and fire for a specified
period.
2.36. FIRE PUMP: Means a machine, driven by external power for transmitting energy to fluids
by coupling the pump to a suitable engine or motor, which may have varying
outputs/capacity but shall be capable of having a pressure of 3.2 kg/cm2 at the topmost
level of multi-storey or high rise building.
2.37. FIREPUMP – BOOSTER FIRE PUMP: Means a mechanical/electrical device which boots
up the water pressure at the top level of a multi-storied/high-rise building and which is
capable of a pressure of 3.2 kg/cm2 at the.
(i) FIRE RESISTING MATERIAL : Material which has certain degree of fire resistance.
The fire resistance means the time during which it fulfils its functions of contributing to
the ire safety stories including the area of all of a building when subjected to prescribed
conditions of heat and load. The fire resistance test of structures shall be done in
accordance with good practice as defined in National Building Code.
2.38 FIRE RESISTANCE: Means the time during which a fire resistant material i.e. material
having a certain degree of fire resistance, fulfills its function of contributing to the fire
safety of a building when subjected to prescribed conditions of heat and load or
restraint.
6
The fire resistance test of structures shall be done in accordance with IS : 3809-1966 Fire
Resistance Test of Structure.
2.39. FIRE SEPARATION: Means the distance in meter measured from any other building on
the site or from another site, or from the opposite side of a street or other public space to the
building.
2.40. FIRE SERVICE INLET: Means a connection provided at the base of a building for pumping
up water through-in-built fire-fighting arrangements by fire service pumps in accordance
with the recommendation of the Chief Fire Officer.
2.41. FIRE TOWER: Means an enclosed staircase which can only be approached from the
various floors through landings or lobbies separated from both the floor area and the
staircase by fire resisting doors.
2.42. FLOOR: Means the lower surface in a storey on which one normally walks in a building,
and does not include a mezzanine floor. The floor at ground level with a direct access to a
street or open space shall be called the ground floor; the floor above it shall be termed as
floor I, with the next higher floor being termed as floor 2, and so on upwards.
2.43. FLOOR SPACE INDEX (F. S. I.): Means quotient of the ratio of the combined gross floor
area of the all floors including areas of all walls, except areas specially exempted under
these Regulations, to the total area of the plot/building unit.
Total floor area including walls of all floors
Floor Space Index = --------------------------------------------------------
Plot Area / Building Unit
Provided that the following shall not be counted towards computations of F.S.I.
(i) Parking spaces without any enclosures and partitions of any kind, with clear height of
2.4 mts. and in case of slabs with beams, height should not exceeds 2.8 mts.
(ii) Spaces of hollow plinth with maximum clear height of 2.8 mts. including beams in
residential buildings only (not even in mixed development) at ground level without any
enclosures/walls and partitions in any form.
(iii) Interior open spaces and ducts not covered at any level.
(iv) Basement exclusively used for required parking with maximum clear height of 2.8 mts.
including beams.
(v) Security Cabin upto 4 sq.mts.
(vi) Weather shed upto 0.60 mt. width.
(vii) Stair case with maximum intermediate landing width equal to the width of stair,
maximum landing width at floor level shall be twice the width of stair.
(viii) Lift, lift well with lift cabin, stair cabin and a water tank, chimney, elevated water tank,
meter room, A/C plant room, generator set room, pump room upto 15 sqmts etc.
(ix) Open air space/chowk required under this regulation in Existing rules and Gamtal.
(x) 7% of the total basement area used for safe deposit vault.
2.44. FLOOR AREA: Means Built up Area excluding area of walls.
2.45. FRONT: As applied to a plot means the portion facing the road and in case of plot abutting
on more than one road, portion facing on the widest road. Incase of road of equal width, the
front shall be decided by the Authority.
2.46. FOOTING: Means a foundation unit constructed in brickwork, stone masonry or concrete
under the base of a wall column for the purpose of distributing the load over a large area.
7
2.47. FOUNDATION: Means that part of the structure, which is in direct contact with and
transmitting loads to the grounds.
2.48. HEIGHT OF BUILDING: Means the vertical distance measured from the average ground
level/ high flood level/plot level and upto the top of the finished level of the top most floor
slab in case of flat roofs and upto the midpoint of the height of the slopping roof excluding
the genuine stair cabin, water tank and different room. The height of the slopping roof shall
be taken as an average height of the relevant floor.
Note : High flood level shall be decided by Competent Authority.
2.49. Existing Nucleus/GAMTAL: Shall mean all revenue free land as may have designated in
the development plan or may have been included by the Govt./Collector within the site of
Village, Town or City on or before the date of declaration of intention to make a Town
Planning Scheme or publication of Draft Development Plan but shall not include any such
other land which may thereafter be included within the site of any village included within the
municipal area by the Govt./Collector under the provision of Land Revenue Code.
2.50. GROUND LEVEL: Shall mean the level of the crown of the existing nearest constructed
road or existing ground level, whichever is higher as may be decided by Competent
Authority.
2.51. GARAGE – PRIVATE: Means a building or a portion thereof designed and used for the
parking of private vehicles.
2.52. GARAGE – PUBLIC: Means a building or portion thereof, designed other than as a private
garage, operated for gain, designed and/or used for repairing, servicing, hiring, selling or
storing or parking motor-driven or other vehicles.
2.53. HABITABLE ROOM: Means a room occupied or designed for occupancy for human
habitation and uses incidental thereto, including a kitchen if used as a living room, but
excluding a bath-room, water closet compartment, laundry, serving and storing, pantry,
corridor, cellar, attic, store-room, pooja-room and spaces not frequently used, height of
such room shall not be less than 2.80 Mts. measured from finished floor to finished ceiling.
2.54. HEIGHT OF A ROOM: Means the vertical distance measured from the finished floor
surface to the finished ceiling/slab surface. The height of a room with a pitched roof means
the average height between the finished floor surface and the bottom of the eaves and the
bottom of the ridge.
2.55. HOME OCCUPATION: Means customary home occupation other than the conduct of an
eating or a drinking place offering services to the general public, customarily carried out by
a member of the family residing on the premises without employing hired labour, and for
which there is no display to indicate from the exterior of the building that it is being utilised in
whole or in part for any purpose other than a residential or dwelling use and in connection
with which no article or service is sold or exhibited for sale except that which is produced
therein, which shall be non-hazardous and not affecting the safety of the inhabitants of the
building and the neighborhood, and provided that no mechanical equipment is used except
that as is customarily used for purely domestic or household purposes and/or employing
licensable goods. If motive power is used, the total electricity load should not exceed 0.75
KW. “Home Occupation” may also include such similar occupations as may be specified by
the Competent Authority and subject to such terms and conditions as may be prescribed.
2.56. HAZARDOUS MATERIAL:
(i) Means radio active substances.
(ii) Material which is highly combustible or explosive and/or which may produce
poisonous fumes explosive emanations, or storage, handing, processing or
manufacturing of which may involve highly corrosive, toxic, obnoxious alkalis or acids
or other liquids;
8
(iii) Other liquids or chemicals producing flame, fumes, explosive, poisonous, irritant or
corrosive gases or which may produce explosive mixtures of dust or fine particles
capable of spontaneous ignition.
2.56 (i) I.T.Node : shall mean a node as designated in the Development plan. The uses
permissible in the node as designated in the zoning regulations.
2.56 (ii) Knowledge Town ship : shall mean a node as designated in the Development plan. The
uses permissible in this township are as designated in the zoning regulations.
2.56 (iii) Medical / Helth Node : shall mean a node as designated in the Development plan. The
uses permissible in this node are as designated in the zoning regulations
2.56 (iv) Technology node: shall mean a node as designated in development plan.
2.57. LIFT: Means a mechanically guided car, platform or transport for persons and materials
between two or more levels in a vertical or substantially vertical direction.
2.58. LOFT: Shall mean an intermediate floor between two floor with a maximum height of 1.2
Mts. and which is constructed and adopted for storage purpose. The loft if provided in a
room shall not cover more than 30% of the floor area of the room.
2.59. MARGIN: Shall mean space fully open to sky provided at the plot level from the edge of the
building wherein built-up area shall not be permitted except specifically permitted
projections under this regulation.
2.60. MEZZANINE FLOOR: Shall mean an intermediate floor between two floors overhanging
or overlooking a floor beneath.
2.61. NEIGHBOURHOOD CENTRE, CIVIC CENTRE AND DISTRICT CENTER: Neighborhood
Center, Civic Center and District center shall include residential as well as other activities
such as sectoral shopping center, market, office building, cinema, small hospital,
playground, swimming pool, town hall, open air theatre, civic and cultural facilities, library,
higher secondary school, parking plots, public utility and service building such as post
office, fire station, police station, religious building and building of public uses.
2.61.A NODE: Means the area for which the authority may prescribe special development
control regulations.
2.62. NATURAL HAZARD : The probability of occurrence, within a specific period of time in a
given area, of a potentially damaging natural phenomenon.
2.63. NATURAL HAZARD PRONE AREAS : Areas likely to have moderate to high intensity of
earthquake, or cyclonic storm, or significant flood flow or inundation, or land slides/mud
flows/avalanches, or one or more of these hazards. Note: moderate to very high damage
risk zones of earthquakes are as shown in Seismic Zones III, IV and V specified in IS:1893;
moderate to very high damage risk zones of cyclones are those areas along the sea coast
of India prone to having wind velocities of 39 m/s or more as specified in IS:875(Part 3;) and
flood prone areas in river plains (unprotected and protected) are indicated in the Flood
Atlas of India prepared by the Central Water Commission.
2.64. NON – COMBUSTIBLE: Means not liable to burn or add heat to a fire when tested for
combustibility in accordance with the IS-3808-1966 Method of Test for Combustibility of
Building Materials.
2.65. OCCUPANCY OR USE: Means the principal occupancy or use for which a building or a
part of it is used or intended to be used, including contingent subsidiary occupancies;
mixed occupancy building being those in which more than one occupancy are present in
different portions of the building.
9
2.66. OPEN SPACE: Means an area forming in integral part of the plot, left permanently open to
sky.
2.67. OWNER: “Owner”, in relation to any property. Includes any person who is for the time
being, receiving or entitled to receive, whether on his own account or on account of or on
behalf of, or for the benefit of, any other person or as an agent, trustee, guardian, manager
or receiver for any other person or for any religious or charitable institution, the rents or
profits of the property; and also includes a mortgaging possession thereof.
2.68. PARAPET: Means a low wall or railing built along the edge of roof of a floor.
2.69. PARKING SPACE: Means an enclosed or unenclosed covered or open area sufficient in
size to park vehicles. Parking spaces shall be served by a driveway connecting them with a
street or alley and permitting ingress or egress of vehicles.
2.70. PARTITION: Means an interior non-load bearing divider wall one storey or part storey in
height.
2.71. PERMANENT OPEN AIR SPACE:
Means air space permanently open –
(i) if it is a street,
(ii) if its freedom from encroachment is protected by any low or contract ensuring that
the ground below it is either a street or is permanently and irrevocably appropriated
as an open space.
In determining the open air space required for construction of a building, any space
occupied by an existing structure may, if it is ultimately to become a permanently open air
space, be treated as if it were already such a place.
2.72. PERMISSION: Means a valid permission or authorisation in writing by the Competent
Authority to carry out development or a work regulated by the Regulations.
2.73. PLINTH: Plinth shall mean the portion of the external wall between the level of the street
and the level of the storey first above the street.
2.74. PLINTH AREA: Means the built-up covered area measured at the plinth level at ground.
2.74 (i) “PLOT LEVEL” means the level of plot on which the building is proposed to be
constructed.
2.75. PORCH: Means a covered surface supported on pillars or otherwise for the purpose of a
pedestrian or vehicular approach to a building.
2.76. PUBLIC PURPOSE: The expression “Public Purpose” includes: -
i. The provision of village sites, or the extension, planned development or improvement
of existing village sites;
ii. The provision of land for town or rural planning;
iii. The provision of land for planned development of land from public funds in pursuance
of any scheme or policy of Government and subsequent disposal thereof in whole or in
part by lease, assignment or outright sale with the object of securing further
development as planned;
iv. The provision of land for a corporation owned or controlled by the state;
v. The provision of land for residential purposes to the poor or landless or to persons
residing in areas affected by natural calamities, or to persons displaced or affected by
reason of the implementation if any scheme undertaken by Government; any local
Authority or a corporation owned or controlled by the state;
10
vi. The provision of land for carrying out any educational, housing, health or slum
clearance scheme sponsored by Government or by any Authority established by
Government for carrying out any such scheme or with the prior approval of the
appropriate Government by a Local Authority or a society registered under the
societies Registration Act, 1860 or under any corresponding law for the time being in
force in a state, or a co-operative society within the meaning of any law relating to co-
operative society for the time being in force in any state;
vii. The provision of land for any other scheme of development sponsored by Government
or with the prior approval of appropriate Government, by a local Authority;
viii. The provision of any premises or building for locating a public office, but, does not
include acquisition of land for Companies.
2.77. REAL ESTATE DEVELOPMENT : Shall mean development undertaken for sale to person
other than the one undertaking the development.
2.78. REGISTERED ARCHITECT / ENGINEER / STRUCTURAL DESIGNER, CLERK OF
WORKS, SITE SUPERVISOR, DEVELOPER:
Means respectively a person registered by the Competent Authority for the purpose of this
Act as an Architect, Engineer, Structural Designer, Clerk of Works, Site Supervisor,
Developer, under these Regulations or any other Act prevailing for the area.
2.79. RETENTION ACTIVITY: Means an activity or use, which is allowed to continue, not
withstanding its non-conforming nature in relation to the use permitted in the adjoining or
surrounding area.
2.80. RESIDENTAL USE: Mean a use of any building unit for the purpose of human habitation
only except hotels and hostels like business.
2.81. ROAD / STREET: Means any highway, street, lane, pathway, alley, stairway, passageway,
carriageway, footway, square place or bridge, whether a thoroughfare or not, over which
the public have a right of passage or access or have passed and had access
uninterruptedly for a specified period, whether existing or proposed in any scheme, and
includes all bunds channels, ditches, storm-water drains, culverts, sidewalks, traffic
islands, road-side trees and, hedges retaining walls, fences, barriers and railings within the
street lines.
2.82. ROAD / STREET - LEVEL OR GRADE: Means the officially established elevation or
grade of the centre line of the street upon which a plot fronts, and if there is no officially
established grade, the existing grade of the street at its mid-point.
2.83. ROAD / STREET LINE: Means the line defining the side limits of a road / street.
2.84. “ROAD WIDTH” OR “WIDTH OF ROAD / STREET”: Means the whole extent of space
within the boundaries of a road when applied to a new road/ street, as laid down in the city
survey or development plan or prescribed road lines by any act or law and measured at
right angles to the course or intended course of direction of such road.
2.85. SELF USE DEVELOPMENT : Means development undertaken by an owner for his use.
2.86. SERVICE ROAD: Means a road/lane provided at the front, rear or side of a plot for service
purposes.
2.87. SHOPPING CENTRE OR COMMERCIALCENTRE : Means a group of shops, offices and
/ or stalls designed to form market-office complex.
2.88. SMOKE – STOP DOOR: Means a door for preventing or checking the spread of smoke
from one area to another.
2.89. STAIR COVER: Means a structure with a covering roof over a staircase and its landing built
to enclose only the stairs for the purpose of providing protection from the weather, and not
to be used for human habitation.
11
2.90. STOREY: Means the portion of a building included between the surface of any floor and the
surface of the floor next above it, or if there be no floor above it, then the space between any
floor and the ceiling next above it.
2.90 (i) “SEMI-DETACHED TENAMENT BUILDING” means a combination of two or more
building on adjacent plots with or without common wall and having front and one side
abutting on open space or approach road for each building.
2.90(ii) “STALL” shall mean a shop, floor area of which does not exceed 6.0 sq. mts. and person
shall reside.
2.91. TENEMENT: Means an independent dwelling unit with a kitchen, or a cooking space.
2.92. TENEMENT BUILDING AND OWNERSHIP FLATS: Means residential building
constructed in a detached manner or as semi-detached building or as row type or cluster
type or group housing or as ownership flat in a building unit, each being designed and
constructed for separate occupation with independent provision of bath, W.C.etc..
2.93. TRAVEL DISTANCE: Means the distance from the remotest point of a building to a place of
safety be it a vertical exit or a horizontal exit or an outside exit measured along the line of
travel.
2.94. Technology Park : means the area so designated in the Development plan with special
Development Control Regulations.
2.95. WATER CLOSET (W.C.): Means a privy with an arrangement for flushing the pan with
water, but does not include a bathroom.
2.96. WATER COURSE: Means a natural channel or an artificial channel formed by draining or
diversion of a natural channel meant for carrying storm and wastewater.
2.97. WATER COURSE, MAJOR: Means a water course which carries storm water discharging
from a contributing area of not less than 160 hectares, the decision of the Competent
Authority on the extent of contributing area being final. A minor watercourse is one, which is
not a major one.
2.98. WATER TANKS OR TALAV OR POND OR LAKE: Means natural existing low lying
grounds forming a natural water body or wherein rain water gets collected and/or plots
designated as Talav under the revised development plan or any other legitimate records.
2.99. “WAREHOUSE” OR “GODOWN”: Mean a building the whole or a substantial part of
which is used or intended to be used for the storage of goods whether for storing or for sale
or for any similar purpose. It is neither a domestic not a public building, nor merely a shop if
so used not a store attached to and used for the proper functioning of a shop.
2.100. WINDOW: Means an opening, other than a door, to the outside of a building, which
provides all or part of the required ventilation.
2.101. WIDTH OF A STREET: Means the clear average width of the existing carriage way and
footpaths only on which the building or plot line abuts. The average width shall be
computed by taking length of street between two extreme points on building unit abutting
the street at right angles to the direction of such streets excluding the steps projections,
forecourts, open areas of other spaces in front of the building erected or intended to be
erected. However in case where a regular line of street is prescribed by the Competent
Authority, such width shall be considered for the purpose of computing building height.
12
2.102. NATURAL HAZARD : The probability of occurrence, within a specific period of time in a
given area, of a potentially damaging natural phenomenon.
Natural Hazard Prone Areas: Areas likely to have moderate to high intensity of earthquake,
or cyclonic storm, or significant flood flow or inundation, or land slides/mud
flows/avalanches, or one or more of these hazards.
Note: Moderate to very high damage risk zones of earthquakes are as shown in Seismic
Zones III, IV and V specified in IS:1893; moderate to very high damage risk zones of
cyclones are those areas along the sea coast of India prone to having wind velocities of 39
m/s or more as specified in IS:875(Part 3;) and flood prone areas in river plains
(unprotected and protected) are indicated in the Flood Atlas of India prepared by the
Central Water Commission.
2.103. NEIGHBOURHOOD CENTRE,CIVIC CENTRE AND DISTRICT CENTER : Neighborhood
Center, Civic Center and District center shall include residential as well as other activities
such as sectoral shopping center, market, office building, cinema, small hospital,
playground, swimming pool, town hall, open air theatre, civic and cultural facilities, library,
higher secondary school, parking plots, public utility and service building such as post
office, fire station, police station, religious building and building of public uses.
13
3. PROCEDURE FOR SECURING DEVELOPMENT

PERMISSION.
3.1. APPLICATION FOR DEVELOPMENT PERMISSION
Subject to the provisions of Section: 26, 27, 28, 34 & 49 of the Act, any person intending to
carry out any development as defined in the Act in any building or in or over any land, within
the limits of Development Area in conformity with the Development Plan proposals shall
make an application in writing to the Competent Authority in prescribed form No. C or C (a)
along with the receipt of the payment of the scrutiny fee, development charges betterment
charges, net demand as per sanctioned final T.P. Scheme and other charges and dues if
any to be liable under the Act and the regulations.
3.2. SCRUTINY FEE
A person applying for a permission to carry out any development shall have to pay
scrutiny fees along with his application to the Competent Authority / Vadodara Municipal
Corporation at the following rates provided that :
3.2.1. BUILT UP AREA
For low rise building Rs. 3 per sq. mt. of built up area of all floors for the intended residential
development or part thereof subject to minimum scrutiny fee of Rs. 300.
3.2.2. For high-rise, commercial, mix development and other than residential use Rs. 5.00 per sq.
mt. of Built area of all floors for the intended development or part thereof subject to
minimum scrutiny fee Rs. 1000.
3.2.3. Subdivision and amalgamation of land
a) Rs. 1.50 per sq.mt. of building unit/plot area for subdivision and amalgamation of
all types of development.
b) Rs. 1.00 per sq.mt. of building unit/plot area for subdivision and amalgamation for
agricultural use. Minimum scrutiny fee shall not be less than Rs. 1000.
3.2.4 URBAN CENTRES, RURAL CENTRES AND AREA OUTSIDE URBAN COMPLEX AND
FALLING IN AGRICULTURE ZONE ONLY
50% of the scrutiny fee as mentioned in Regulation No. 3.2.1, 3.2.2 and 3.2.3 for the
respective uses and type of dwelling units subject to minimum scrutiny fee Rs. 300.
3.2.5 RENEWAL OF DEVELOPMENT PERMISSION:
Development permission granted under these regulations shall be deemed to be lapsed, if
such development work has not been commenced till the expiry of one year from the date of
commencement certificate/development permission. Provided that, the Competent
Authority may on application made to it before the expiry of above period (one year) extend
such period by a further period of one year at a time by charging Rs.500/- for the application
within prescribed time limit and Rs.50/- as penalty for month beyond prescribed time limit
for renewal of development permission. The extended period shall in no case exceed three
years in the aggregate.
3.2.6 PUBLIC CHARITABLE TRUST:
Rs. 500 if the intended development is for hospitals, dispensaries, schools or colleges or a
place of worship, dharmshala, hostels etc. constructed by a public charitable trust
registered under Public Charitable Trust Act 1950 or for any other purpose which the
Authority may specify by a general or special order.
14
3.2.7 DEVELOPMENT PERMISSION FOR MINING, QUARRYING AND BRICK KILN

OPERATIONS:
In case of mining, quarrying and brick kiln operations, the scrutiny fees will be as under.
(i) Mining, quarrying and brick kiln operation. Rs. 500 per 0.4 hectare or part there of
and a maximum of Rs. 2500
(ii) Brick kiln without Chimney. Rs.25 per 0.1 hectare or part there of and a maximum
of Rs. 500
(iii) Processing of lime sagol etc. without construction. Rs. 25 per 0.1 hectare or part
there of and a maximum of Rs. 250.
(iv) Renewal of permission for mining, quarrying Rs. 50 for one year.
(v) Renewal of permission for brick kiln (without chimney) Rs. 25 for one year.
(vi) Renewal of permission for processing of sagol, lime etc. without construction's.
Rs. 10 for one year.
Note: - Time to time increments may be as decided by the appropriate Authority shall be
applicable.
3.2.8 SECURITY DEPOSIT:
The applicant shall deposit and keep deposited as security deposit an amount at the rates
mentioned below for the due observance and performance of the conditions of the
Development Permission. The amount shall be deposited on intimation before issue of
“Development Permission”.
1. Rs.3.00 (Rupees three only) per Sq. Mt. of the total built up area of all floors of the
proposed development (Constructions).
2. The amount of security deposit shall be paid in cash/cheque/demand draft.
3. Government, semi-Government, local authorities are exempted from this provision.
4. In case of development for place of worship or dharmshala or for any other use which
by Charitable Trust registered under the Public Trust Act-1950, the security deposit
shall be limited to maximum amount of 1000/- (Rupees One thousand only)
5. These rates are liable to be revised every two years from the date on which these
rates come into force.
6. The security deposit shall be refunded without interest within one year after grant of
the occupancy certificate.
7. The security deposit shall be forfeited either in whole or in part at the absolute
discretion of the Authority for breach of any of the provision of these regulations and
conditions of the “Development Permission”. Such forfeiture shall be without
prejudice to any other right of the Authority.
8. The security deposit shall remain legally valid up to the period of 90 days after the
development permission lapses as per section 32 of the Act. On expiry of the said
period the security deposit shall be forfeited.
15
3.3 FORMS OF APPLICATION:

Every person who gives notice under relevant section of the Act shall furnish all information
in forms and format prescribed under these regulations and as may be amended from time
to time by the Competent Authority. The following particulars and documents shall be
submitted along with the application.
I a. The applicant shall submit satisfactory documentary legal evidence of his
right to develop or to build on the land in question including extract from
the Property Register for city survey lands or an extract from the Record of
Rights for Revenue lands or the copy of the index of registered sale deed
as the case may be
b. He shall also submit a certified copy of approved sub-divisions/layout of
final plot from the concerned Authority or latest approved sub-
division/layout of city survey numbers or revenue numbers from relevant
Authority, as the case may be, showing the area and measurements of the
plot or land on which the proposes to develop. Provided that the Authority
may dispense with this requirement in the cases where it is satisfied
regarding the ownership of land on the basis of any documentary
evidence or proof produced by the applicant.
II A certificate of the licensed structural designer in regard to the proposed building
shall be submitted under these Development Control Regulations.
III A site plan (required copies) of the area proposed to be developed to a scale not
less than 1:500 as the case may be showing the following details wherever
applicable; in the case where plot is more than 10 Hectors, scale shall not be less
than 1:1000.
i) The boundaries of the plot and plot level in relation to neighboring road
level.
ii) The positions of the plot in relation in neighboring streets.
iii) The name of the streets in which the plot is situated.
iv) All the existing buildings and other development exists on or under the
site.
v) The position of buildings and of all other buildings and construction, which
the applicant intends to erect.
vi) The means of access from the street to the buildings or the site and all
other building and constructions, which the applicant intends to erect.
vii) Yards and open spaces to be left around the buildings to secure free
circulation of air, admission of light and access.
viii) The width of street in front and of the street at the side or rear of the
building.
ix) The direction of north point relative to the plan of the buildings.
x) Any physical feature such as trees, wells, drains, O.N.G.C. well & pipeline,
high tension line, railway line.
xi) (a) Existing streets on all the sides indicating clearly the regular line
for streets if any prescribed under the Act and passing through the
building units.
16
(b) The location of the building in the plot with complete dimensions.
(c) The area within the regular line of the street not to be built upon
but to be added to the street, hatched in green together with its
measurement.
xii) Area classified for exemption of built-up area calculations.
xiii) A plan indicating parking spaces, if required under these regulations.
xiv) The positions of the building units immediately adjoining the proposed
development.
xv) The position of every water closet, privy, urinal, bathrooms, cess pool, well
or cistern in connection with building other than those shown in the
detailed plan.
xvi) The lines of drainage of the building, the size, depth and inclination of
every drain and the means to be provided for the ventilation of the drains.
xvii) The position and level of the out fall of the drain.
xviii) The position of sewer, where the drainage is intended to be connected to
sewer.
xix) Open spaces required under these Development Control Regulations.
xx) Tree plantation required under regulation No. 31.
IV A detailed plan (required copies) showing the plans, sections and elevations of the
proposed development work to a scale of 1:100 showing the following details
wherever applicable:
a) Floor plans of all floors together with the covered, area; clearly indicating
the size and spacing of all framing members and sizes of rooms and the
position of staircases, ramps and lift wells.
b) The use of all parts of the building.
c) Thickness of walls, floor slabs and roof slabs with their materials. The
section shall indicate the height of building and height of rooms and also
the height of the parapet, the drainage and the slope of the roof. At least
one section should be taken through the staircase. The position, form and
dimensions of the foundation, wall, floor, roofs, chimneys and various
parts of the building, means of ventilation and accesses to the various
parts of the building and its appurtenances also should be shown in the
cross section.
d) The building elevation from the major street.
e) The level of the site of the building, the level of lowest of building in relation
to the level of any street adjoining the cartilage of the building in relation to
one another and some known datum or crown of road.
f) Cabin plan.
g) The north point relative to the plans.
h) The forms and dimensions of every water closets, privy, urinals,
bathrooms, cesspools, well and water tank or cistern to be constructed in
connection with the building.
17
i) “One copy of the detailed working drawing including structural details

based on the approved building plan along with soil test report shall be
submitted before 7 days of commencement of the construction work at
site for information and record. The applicant will inform the authority the
date for commencement of work”
Provided that in the case of individual residential buildings up to G+2 on a
plot not more than 500 Sq Mt. In size the competent authority shall not
enforce to submit such details.
V For high-rise building and for special building like assembly, institutional, industrial
storage and hazardous occupancy the following additional information shall be
furnished/indicated in the following plans in addition to the items under clause 3.3.
a) Access to fire appliances/vehicles with details of clear motorable access
way around the building and vehicular turning circle.
b) Size (width) of main and alternate staircase along with balcony approach,
corridor, ventilated lobby approach as the case may be.
c) Location and details of lift enclosures.
d) Location and size of fire lift.
e) Smoke stops lobby/door, where provided.
f) Refuse chutes, refuse chamber, service duct etc. where to be provided.
g) Vehicular parking space.
h) Refuse area, if any.
i) Details of building services, air-conditioning system with position or
dampers, mechanical ventilation system, electrical services, boilers, gas
pipes etc. where provided.
j) Details of exits including provision of ramps etc. for hospitals.
k) Location of generator, transformer and switchgear room where required.
l) Smoke exhauster system, if any.
m) Details of fire alarm system network.
n) Location of centralized control, connecting all floor air, suite, built-in fire
protection arrangements and public address system etc. where required.
o) Location of dimension of static water storage tank and pump room.
p) Location and details of fixed fire protection installations such as sprinkles
wet risers, house reels, drenchers, CO2 installations etc.
q) Location and details of first-aid fire fighting equipment / installations.
r) Location for electric transformer.
s) Verification
VI In case of layout of land or plot:
18
a) A site-plan (in required numbers) drawn to a scale not less than 1:500
showing the surrounding lands and existing access to the land included in
the layout plan.
b) A layout plan (in required numbers) drawn to a scale of not less than 1:500
showing:
(i) Sub-division of the land or plot or building unit with dimension and
area of each of the proposed sub-divisions and their use
according to these regulations.
(ii) Width of the proposed streets and internal roads.
(iii) Dimensions and areas of open space provided for under these
regulations.
VII Certificate of undertaking: Certificate in the prescribed form No. 2(a), 2(b), 2(c)
and 2(e) by the registered Architect/Engineer/Structural Designer/Clerk of
Works/Developers/Owner.
VIII Full information should be furnished in Form No. 3 and Form No. 4 as the case may
be along with the plan.
IX The applicant shall also obtain copy of N.O.C. From relevant Authority as per
Regulation No. 4.2 wherever applicable.
Note For high rise Buildings, Public Assemble hall, Auditorium, and Industrial buildings,
Cinema hall, School Buildings. Commercial Buildings with GF+ 3 Story & above,
the Verification from Structural Expert is required. to be Submitted at each stage of
Perminission.
3.4 GENERAL NOTATION FOR PLAN
The following notation generally shall be used for plans referred to in 3.3; (iii); (iv), (v) and
(vi).
Sr. No. Item Site Plan Bldg. Plan

01. Plot line Thick black Thick black
02. Existing Street Green ---
03. Future Street if any Green dotted ---
04. Permissible lines Thick black dotted ---
05. Open space No colour No colour
06. Existing work Blue Blue
07. Work proposed to be demolished Yellow Hatched Yellow
Hatched
08. Proposed work Red Red
09. Work without permission if started on site Gray Gray
10. Drainage and sewerage work Red dotted Red dotted
11. Water supply work Black dotted Black dotted
19
3.5 DOCUMENTS TO BE FURNISHED WITH THE APPLICATION

a) A person who is required under relevant section of the Act to give any notice or to
furnish any plans/sections or written particulars by these Development Control
Regulations, shall sign such notice, plans, sections or written particulars or cause
them to be signed by him and his duly authorised registered Architect, Engineer,
Developer etc. as the case may be, such person or authorised registered Architect,
Engineer, Developer shall furnish documentary evidence of his Authority. If such
notice or other document is signed by such authorised registered Architect,
Engineer, Developer it shall state the name and address of the person on whose
behalf it has been furnished.
b) The no objection certificate of registered co-operative society with resolution for
specific use is to be submitted only in the case of change of use other than the
common purpose of the society.
c) Any notice or document shall be delivered to the office of the Competent Authority,
within such hours as may be prescribed by the Competent Authority.
d) The forms, plans, sections and descriptions to be furnished under these
Development Control Regulations shall all be signed by each of the following
persons:
i) A person making application for development permission under relevant
section of the Act.
ii) A person who has prepared the plans and sections with descriptions who
may be registered, engineer or an architect.
iii) A person who is retained or engaged to supervise the said construction.
iv) A person who is responsible for the structural designs of the construction
i.e. a structural designer.
v) A clerk of works who is to look after the day-to-day supervision of the
construction.
vi) A Developer.
e) A person who is engaged either to prepare plan or to prepare a structural design
and structural report or to supervise the building shall give an undertaking in Form
No. 2 (a), 2 (b), 2 (c) prescribed under these Development Control Regulations.
f) Every person who under the provisions of the relevant sections of the Act may be
required to furnish to the Authority any plan or other documents shall furnish copies
(in required numbers) of such plans and other documents and copies (in required)
of such documents which he may be called upon to furnish. One copy of each such
plan and document shall be returned, on approval, to the applicant duly signed by
the Competent Authority of the Authority or authorised officer.
g) It shall be incumbent on every person whose plans have been approved to submit
amended plans for any deviation amounting to increase in built-up area, F.S.I.,
building height or change in plans, he proposes to make during the course of
construction of his building work, and the procedure laid down for plans or other
documents here to before shall be applicable to all such amended plans.
h) It shall be incumbent on every person whose plans have been approved, to submit
a completion plan showing the final position of erected or re-erected building in
duplicate or in required numbers and one copy of plan to be returned to the
applicant after approval.
20
i) Approval of drawings and acceptance of any statement, documents, structural

report, structural drawings, progress certificate, or building completion certificates
shall not discharge the owner, engineer, architect, clerk of works and structural
designer, Developer, Owner, from their responsibilities, imposed under the Act, the
Development Control Regulations and the laws of tort and local acts.
j) The landowner shall be hold responsible if any Unauthorized Construction,
Addition & Alternation is done without prior permission of competent Authority.
k) The no objection certificate of registered co-operative society with resolution for
specific use is to be submitted.
3.6 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS TO BE PREPARED BY REGISTERED ARCHITECT/
ENGINEER
The plans and particulars prescribed under regulation No. 3.3 above shall be prepared by a
registered architect/engineer. The procedure for registration of architect/engineer shall be
as laid down in these regulations.
3.7 REJECTION OF APPLICATION:
If the plans and information given as per regulation No. 3.1, 3.2 and 3.3 do not give all the
particulars necessary to deal satisfactorily with the development permission application,
the application may be liable to be rejected, assigning the reason of rejection in writing and
communicated to the applicant/Architect/Engineer by the Competent Authority.
3.8 CANCELLATION OF PERMISSION:
The development permission if secured by any person by any misrepresentation or by
producing false documents, such development permission will be treated as
canceled/revoked.
3.9 MANDATORY DISCLOSERS :
i. Every person applying to carry out any development which is not for individual
occupancy shall disclose as per the following,
ii. Contents of disclosures .
a. The ownership title
b. Contents of all the affidavits/undertakings/bonds executed for the project which
create liabilities.
c. All the drawings, design calculations, reports which are sanctioned or otherwise
being used for the project.
d. All no objection certificate / permissions environment clearance certificate, fire
NOC. Airport authority NOC, NA order etc. obtained from various agencies
e. Implementation Schedule.
f. Responsibilities of the developers.
iii. Method of disclosures
Keep open for inspection, all documents mentioned in a above on the site , at the
office and on website if any.
21
4. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DEVELOPMENT

4.1. MARGIN AND / OR SETBACK
Any plan for the construction of any structure or building or any part thereof should provide
setback and margin from the boundary of the plot or the road line as the case may be as
required under these regulations. The road line shall be determined as per the maximum
width of the road or street proposed under the BPMC Act – 1949 or Development plan
proposals or the Town Planning Schemes or any other Local Acts.
4.2. DEVELOPMENT OF LAND IN THE DEVELOPMENT AREA
4.2.1. CONFORMITY WITH OTHER ACTS AND REGULATIONS:
(a) Situated and abutting on any of the classified roads of the State Government and
the Panchayat shall be regulated and controlled by the Building line and Control
line prescribed under the Govt. Department Resolution as amended from time to
time.
Provided that the setback for the building line prescribed in the above resolution of
the Department and the marginal distances to be kept open or setbacks to be
observed from the road side, prescribed in the Development Control Regulations
whichever is more shall be enforced (This shall not be applicable in the area falling
within Town Planning Scheme area).
(b) Whose right of user is acquired under the Petroleum Pipelines (Acquisition of right
of user in land) Act, 1962 as amended from time to time shall be regulated and
controlled according to the provision of the said Act, in addition to these
regulations.
(c) Situated in the vicinity of an oil well installed by Oil & Natural Gas Commission shall
be regulated and controlled according to the provision of the Indian Oil, Mines
Regulations-1933 in addition to these regulations.
(d) Situated in the vicinity of the Grid Lines laid by the Gujarat Electricity Board under
the Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 shall be regulated and controlled by the
horizontal and vertical clear distances to be kept open to sky.
(e) In restricted/critical zone near the Airport, construction of building shall be
regulated as per the provisions of Civil Aviation Department.
(f) Situated in the vicinity of the Railway Boundary shall be regulated and controlled
according to the standing orders/instructions in force of the Railway Authorities
and as amended from time to time.
(g) Situated anywhere in the Development Area shall be subject to provisions of
Gujarat Smoke Nuisance Act, 1963.
(h) Situated anywhere in the Development area shall be subject to provisions of Water
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974.
(i) Situated anywhere in the Development area shall be subject to provisions of Air
Pollution Control Act – 1981.
(j) Situated in the vicinity of the Jail, shall be regulated and controlled according to the
standing orders / instructions / manual in force of the Jail Authority and as
amended from time to time.
22
(k) Situated any where in the Development area shall be subject to provisions of the
act related to telecommunication, I. S. R. O., archaeology and conservation /
preservation of monuments.
(l) Development Permission granted by Competent Authority on the basis of any
document / NOC received is not final and conclusive. It shall be considered in true
sense and meaning of concerned issuing Authority. This Authority has no legal
responsibility for such development permission.
(m) Situated any where in the Development area shall be subject to provisions of the
act related to the protected monument or as per the proposals of the Development
plan.
4.2.2. REQUIREMENTS OF SITE:
No land shall be used as a site for the construction of building.
(a) if the Competent Authority considers that the site is in sanitary or that it is
dangerous to construct a building on it or no water supply is likely to be available
within a reasonable period of time;
(b) if the site is not drained properly or is incapable of being well drained;
(c) if the building is proposed on any area filed up with carcasses, excreta, filthy and
offensive matter, till the production of a certificate from the Competent Authority to
the effect that it is fit to be built upon from the health and sanitary point of view;
(d) if the use of the said site is for a purpose which in the Competent Authority's opinion
may be a source of danger to the health and safety of the inhabitants of the
neighborhood;
(e) if the Competent Authority is not satisfied that the owner of the building has taken
the required measures to safeguard the construction from constantly getting
damp;
(f) if the level of the site is lower than the Datum Level prescribed by the Competent
Authority depending on topography and drainage aspects.
(g) for assembly use, for cinemas, theaters, places of public worship, residential
hotels, lodging and boarding houses, unless the site has been previously
approved by the Competent Authority and the Commissioner of Police;
(h) unless it derives access from an authorised street/means of access described in
these Regulations;
(i) for industrial use other than a service industry unless the application is
accompanied by a no objection certificate from the appropriate officer of the
Industrial Location Policy;
(j) if the proposed development is likely to involve damage to or have deleterious
impact on or is against urban aesthetic or environment or ecology and/or on
historical / architectural/ esthetical buildings and precincts or is not in the public
interest.
(k) Under the owner/developer produces a certificate form an expert confirming that
the soil is not liable for liquefaction except in cases where adequate protective
measures are taken as per the advise of the expert.
The owner/developer/builder shall provide necessary protection for safety for soil
liquefaction as per advice and suggestions made by structural engineer based on
the report of soil test made by soil testing laboratory. The owner/developer/builder
23
shall be responsible for getting such reports and identify such protection
measures.
(l) If the proposed development falls in the area liable to storm surge during cyclone
except where protection measures are adopted to prevent storm surge damage.
4.3 DEVELOPMENT WORK TO BE IN CONFORMITY WITH THE REGULATIONS
a) All development work shall confirm to the Development Plan proposals and the
provisions made under these regulations. If there is a conflict between the
requirements of these regulations and Town Planning Schemes Regulations, if
any, in force the requirement of these regulations shall prevail. Provided
relaxation/ special provisions mentioned against respective final plots shall prevail
above these regulations.
b) Change of use: No building or premises should be changed or converted to a use
other than the sanctioned use without prior permission of the Authority in writing.
Change of use not in conformity with these regulations shall not be permissible.
4.4 DOCUMENT AT SITE:
(i) Development Permission: The person to whom a development permission is
issued shall during construction, keep –
(a) posted in a conspicuous place, on the site for which permission has been
issued a copy of the development permission and
(b) a copy of the approved drawings and specification referred to in
Regulation No. 25 on the site for which the permission was issued.
4.5 INSPECTION:
(1) Inspection at various stages: -
The competent Authority at any time during erection of a building or the execution
of any work or development, make an inspection thereof without giving prior notice
of his intention to do so.
(2) Inspection by Fire Department: -
For all multi-storied, high-rise and special building the work shall also be subject to
inspection by the Chief Fire Officer, or Competent Authority shall issue the
occupancy certificate only after clearance by the said Chief Fire Officer /
Competent Authority.
(3) Unsafe building: -
All unsafe building shall be considered to constitute danger to public safety
hygiene and sanitation and shall be restored by repairs or demolished or dealt with
as otherwise directed by the Competent Authority, as prescribed in clause 17.23.
In the case of restoration the owners/occupiers shall submit the structures safety
certificate in form no.11 to the competent authority after restoration/repairs or
strengthening.
24
(4) Unauthorised development: -

In case of unauthorised development, the Competent Authority shall....
(a) take suitable action which may include demolition of unauthorised works
as provided in The Gujarat Town Planning & Urban Development Act,
1976 and the relevant provisions of the Bombay Provincial Municipal
Corporation Act, 1949.
(b) take suitable action against the registered architect / engineer, developer
and other, as mentioned in Regulation No. 2.76.
4.6 GENERAL:
(1) KABRASTAN, BURIAL GROUND ETC.
The land occupied by the graveyards, kabrastans, burial grounds, crematoria and
which are marked with green verge in the plan shall not be allowed to be built upon
and shall be kept permanently open.
(2) EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTE.
No educational institution except K.G., Primary, Secondary schools and higher
secondary school shall be permitted within the area of existing nucleus within
municipal corporation limits, gamtal of different villages and Railwaypura.
(3) IMPROVEMENT SHCME.
No development permission shall be issued for development of area designated
for improvement scheme until such scheme is prepared and finalised by the
Competent / Appropriate Authority.
(4) CO-OWNERS CONSENT.
In cases where the building construction is as per regulations but the co-owners
are not giving consent either at the time of building permission or at the time of
occupation permission, the Competent Authority may issue permission after giving
opportunity of hearing to the co-owners and considering the merits and demerits of
individual case.
(5) WIDTH OF APPROACH AT BRIDGE
Width of the approach of over-bridge or under-bridge shall not be considered
towards width of the road at the time of permitting the height, use development of
buildings near the over-bridge or under-bridge.
4.7 ADDITION TO EXISTING STRUCTURES:
The addition to any existing structure shall only be permitted unless it complies the
provisions of regulation No. 36.1
25
5 DECISION OF THE AUTHORITY.

5.1. GRANT OR REFUSE OF THE PERMISSION APPLICATION
On receipt of the application for Development Permission, the Competent Authority after
making such inquiry as it thinks fit may communicate its decisions granting “With or without
conditions including condition of submitting the detailed working drawings/ structural
drawings along with soil investigation report and verification from structural expert as the
case maybe before the commencement of the work as per clause No.3.3 (IV)(i). or refusing
permission to the applicant as per the provisions of the Act. The permission may be granted
with or without conditions or subject to any general or special orders made by the State
Government in this behalf.
The Competent Authority, however, Shall grant exemption for submission of working
drawing, structural drawing and soil investigation report in case the Competent Authority is
satisfied that in the area where the proposed construction is to be taken, similar types of
structure and soil investigation reports are already available on record and application is
from an individual owner/developer, having plot of not more than 500 sqmt. in size and for a
residential building.
As per the guidelines on “soil testing”, if the local site conditions do not require any soil
testing or if a soil testing indicates that no special structural design is required a small
building having ground + 1 or 2 floors, having load bearing structure, may be constructed.
If the proposed small house is to be constructed with load bearing type masonry
construction technique, where no structural design is involved, no certificate from a
Structural Designer will be required (to be attached with Form 2-D). However, a 'Special
Building Information Schedule'. appended herewith, has to be submitted, duly filled in.
On receipt of the application for Development Permission, the Competent Authority after
making such inquiry as it thinks fit may communicate its decisions granting or refusing
permission to the applicant as per the provisions of the Act. The permission may be
granted with or without conditions or subject to any general or special orders made by the
State Government in this behalf.
The Development permission shall be in Form No. D and it should be issued by an officer
authorised by the Competent Authority in this behalf. Every order granting permission
subject to conditions or refusing permission shall state the grounds for imposing such
conditions or for such refusal.
The Competent Authority, after making preliminary scrutiny of the plans received, may give
preliminary development permission by taking an affidavit from the owner the margin built-
up area, internal roads, open spaces, parking and common plots shall be kept as per
G.D.C.R. After making final scrutiny of the plans the final development permission may be
granted.
Provided at the preliminary development permission shall be valid only for development
upto plinth level. For development above plinth level regular development permission shall
be taken. Other wise such development shall be considered unauthorized development.
5.2. SUSPENSION OF PERMISSION
Development permission granted under the relevant section of the Act deems, to be
suspended in cases of resignation by any of the licenses till the new appointments are
made during this period construction shall not be done on the site. Any work on site during
this time shall be treated as unauthorized development without any due permission.
26
5.3. GRANT OF DEVELOPMENT PERMISSION

5.3.1. GRANT OF DEVELOPMENT PERMISSION
Shall mean acceptance by the Authority of the following requirements:
i) Permissible built-up area.
ii) Permissible floor space index.
iii) Height of a building and its various stories.
iv) Permissible open spaces enforced under regulations, C.P., Marginal spaces,
other open spaces, set backs etc.
v) Permissible use of land and built spaces.
vi) Arrangements of stairs, lifts, corridors and parking.
vii) Minimum requirements of high-rise buildings including N.O.C. from Fire Officer /
Fire Safety Consultant as appointed by the Appropriate Authority.
viii) Minimum requirement of sanitary facility and other common facility.
ix) Required light and ventilation.
Provided that is shall not mean acceptance of correctness, confirmation, approval
or endorsement of and shall not bind or render the Authority liable in any way in
regard to:
i. title of the land or building.
ii. easement rights.
iii. Variation in area from recorded areas of a plot or a building.
iv. Structural reports and structural drawings.
v. Workmanship and soundness of material used in construction of the
building.
vi. Location and boundary of the plot.
5.3.2. SERVICE AND AMENITIES FEES
Permission for carrying out any development shall be granted by the competent authority
only on payment of service and amenities fees for execution of works referred to in clause
[(vi)-a] of sub-section (I) of Section 23 of the Act and for provision of other services and
amenities at the following rates in Vadodara Urban Development Area as delineated in the
Revised Development Plan of UDA. This fees and maintenance charges may be revised
on review by competent authority from time to time.
a) Service and amenities fees shall be levied as under for any development within the
Vadodara Urban Development Area excluding agricultural zone, and gamtal.
i) Rs.300 per sq. mt. of built up area for the intended development for
commercial, Industrial & nodes define in regulation no. 2.56 (i) to (iv).
ii) Rs.150 per sq. mt. of built up area for the intended development for
Residential Use-1, Residential Use-2 , Residential Use-3, Restricted
Residential Use.
iii) Rs.50 per sq. mt. of built up area of intended development for schools,
colleges, educational institution, charitable trusts government and semi
government building & all other not covered in (i) & (ii) above.
27
Provided this regulation shall not be applicable in the town planning scheme area
and in the approved existing buildings. These fees shall not be liable once the
intention of making a town-planning scheme is declared.
b) However these service and amenities fees shall be adjusted against the net
amount to be paid by the owner in the town-planning scheme.
Note :- Above fees to be decided by Competent Authority.
5.4. LIABILITY
Notwithstanding any development permission granted under the Act and these
regulations, any person undertaking any development work shall continue to be wholly
and solely liable for any injury or damage or loss whatsoever that may be caused to any
one in or around the area during such construction and no liability whatsoever in this
regard shall be cast on the Authority.
5.5. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE APPLICANT
Neither the grant of development permission nor the approval of the plans, drawings and
specifications shall in any way relieve the applicant of the responsibility for carrying out the
development in accordance with requirement of these regulations.
5.6. DEVELOPMENT WITHOUT PRIOR LEGITIMATE PERMISSION
In cases where development has already started/commenced on site for which
development permission in writing of the Competent Authority is not obtained, but where
this development on site is in accordance with the provisions of these regulations, the
development permission for such work on site without the prior permission may be
granted by the Competent Authority on the merits of each individual case. For such
development works, over and above such other charges/ fees may be otherwise liable, the
additional amount shall be charged on total built up area as per the following rates:
1. Application for development permission is 5 times of regulations no.3,2,1,to3,2,1

made but development is commenced as
per submitted plan.
2. Application is made but development has 10 times of regulations
been commenced but not as per submitted no.3,2,1,to3,2,1
plan.
3. Application for development permission is 15 times of regulations
not made and development is commenced. no.3,2,1,to3,2,1
4. All ot her open uses including layout and 2 times of regulations no.3,2,3
sub-division of land.
The revised plan showing approvable deviations from approved plan will not be
considered as unauthorized construction, if the built-up area remains the same as
approved plan. If the area is more than the approved plan then penalty/premium shall be
charged on the excess built up area. However, the revised permission should be obtained
before applying for occupancy certificate.
NOTE :- Minimum additional amount shall be Rs. 1500 for residential and Rs. 5000 for others.
28
5.7. DEVIATION DURING COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION

Notwithstanding anything stated in the above regulations it shall be incumbent on every
person whose plans have been approved to submit revised (amended) plans for any
deviations he proposes to make during the course of construction of his building work and
the procedure laid down for plans or other documents here to before shall apply to all such
Revised (amended) plans.
EXPLANATION : for 5.1 to 5.7 :
This provision does not entitle the owner or his supervisor to make any deviation in
contravention of the provisions of the Act, and these regulations.
29
6 INSPECTION.
6.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
The building unit intended to be developed shall be in conformity with Regulation No. 4.2.2.
Generally all development work for which permission is required shall be subject to
inspection by the Competent Authority.
a) The applicant shall permit authorised officers of the concerned Competent
Authority to enter the plot for which the development permission has been sought
granted for carrying out development, at any reasonable time for the purpose of
enforcing these regulations.
b) The applicant shall keep during carrying out of development, a copy of the
approved plans on the premises where the development is permitted to be carried
out.
c) The applicant shall keep a board at site of development mentioning the Survey
No., City Survey No., Block No., Final Plot No., Sub Plot No., etc. name of owner
and name of Architect / Engineer / Developer / Owner.
6.2 PROCEDURE DURING CONSTRUCTION
(a) Recognised stages for progress certificate and checking: -
1) Following shall be the recognised stages in the erection of every building or the
execution of every work: -
i) Plinth, in case of basement before the casting of basement slab.
ii) First storey.
iii) Middle storey in case of High-rise building.
iv) Last storey.
2) Every person who is empowered/responsible under these Development Control
Regulations shall give to the Competent designated officer of the Competent
Authority at least four clear days notice in writing of the time at which the work will
be ready for inspection. “At each of the above stages, the owner/developer under
these Development Control Regulations shall submit to the competent designated
officer of the Competent Authority a progress certificate in the given formats (Form
Nos. 6 (a) – 6 (d). This progress certificate shall be signed by the Architect,
Structural Designer and Supervising Engineer.”
3) No person in charge at any stage shall except with previous written permission of
the Competent designated officer of the Competent Authority or his authorised
representatives, start work before the period of notice mentioned as above
expires. If no such written permission is received or if no requisition is issued under
any Section of the relevant Act to stop the work or to undo the work up to the time
notified under these Development Control Regulations the person in charge shall
be at liberty to proceed with the next stage in accordance with given permission
and subject to the provisions of the Act, Rules and Development Control
Regulations.
4) No person in-charge at any stage shall, except with previous written permission of
the Competent Authority, carry out further work after the issue of any requisition of
these Development Control Regulations in respect of the any previous stage
unless the requisition has been duly complied with and the fact reported to the
Competent Authority.
30
5) All progress certificates under these Development Control Regulations shall be in

Form No. 6(a) to 6 (d).
6) (a) The progress certificate shall not be necessary in the following cases:
i) Alteration in Building not involving the structural part of the building.
ii) Extension of existing residential building on the ground floor up to
maximum 15 sq.mts. in area.
(b) On receipt of the progress certificate from the owner/developer, it shall be
the duty of the competent authority to check any deviation from approved
plan and convey decision within 7 days to the owner/developer for
compliance. In case of deviation from working drawings or structure
design at any stage of construction the owner/developer shall produce
necessary certificate from architect/structural designer with certificate
that the construction confirms to these regulations. In that case the
revised working drawing and structural design shall be submitted in
accordance with this regulations.
(c) Completion Report.
1. It shall be incumbent on every person whose plans have been
approved, to submit a completion report in Form No. 7.
2. It shall also be incumbent on every person who is engaged under this
Development Control Regulations to supervise the erection or re-
erection of the building, to submit the building completion certificate in
Form No. 8 prescribed under these Development Control
Regulations.
3. No completion report shall be accepted unless completion plan is
approved by the Competent Authority.
(d) The final inspection of the work shall be made by the concerned
Competent Authority within 21 days from the date of receipt of notice of
completion report.
6.3 OCCUPANCY CERTIFICATE
The applicant shall obtain occupancy certificate from the Competent Authority prior to any
occupancy or use of development so completed.
6.4 ILLEGAL OCCUPATION OF BUILDING
(a) Notwithstanding the provision of any other law to the contrary the Competent
Authority may by written notice, order any building or any portion thereof to be
vacated forthwith or within the time specified in such notice :-
i) If such building or portion thereof has been unlawfully occupied to
contravention of these regulation.
ii) If a notice has been issued in respect of such building or part thereof requiring
the alteration or reconstruction of any works specified in such notice have not
been commenced or completed.
iii) If the building or part thereof is in a ruinous or dangerous condition, which are
likely to fail and cause damage to any person occupying, restoring to or
31
passing by such building / structures or any other structure or place in the

neighborhood thereof.
(b) The reasons for requiring such building, or portion thereof to be vacated should be
clearly specified in every such notice.
(c) The affixing of such written notice on any part of such premises shall be deemed a
sufficient intimation to the occupiers of such building or portion thereof.
(d) On the issue of such notice, every person in occupation of the building or portion
thereof to which the notice relates shall vacate the building or portion as directed in
the notice and no person shall so long as the notice is withdrawn, enter the building
or portion thereof, except for the purpose of carrying out any work of reinstatement
which he may lawfully permitted to carry out.
(e) The Competent Authority may direct that any person who acts in contravention of
above provision or who obstructs him in any action taken under these regulations
shall be removed from such building or part thereof by any police office, and may
also use such force as is reasonably necessary to effect entry in the said premises.
(f) The expenses as prescribed by competency Authority for any measures taken
under shall be recovered from the owners/occupants.
32
7. OCCUPANCY CERTIFICATE
7.1 APPLICATION FOR OCCUPANCY
The Competent Authority shall within twenty one days from the date of receipt of the
completion report required under Regulation 6.2 (c) communicate its decision after
necessary inspection about grant of occupancy certificate indicated in Regulation No. 6.2
(d).
The Concerned Authority issuing occupancy certificate before doing so shall consult
concerned designated Authority to inspect the building and issue a certificate that
necessary requirements for the fire protection under these regulations as per regulation
No. 18.2 have been fulfilled and if not so, the applicant shall be asked to carry out
necessary additions, alterations or rectification to the satisfaction of the designated
Authority before issuing occupancy certificate.
7.2 ISSUE OF OCCUPANCY CERTIFICATE
The Authority issuing occupancy certificate before doing so shall ensure that :
(i) The trees as per the regulation No. 31 are planted on site or ensure this by taking
suitable deposits as decided from time to time for specific period by the Competent
Authority.
(ii) Parking space is properly paved & the lay-out of parking space is provided as per
the approved plans. Sign boards indicating the entrance, exit and location of
parking spaces for different types of vehicles shall be permanently erected and
maintained at the prominent place in every building unit.
(iii) Certificate of lift Inspection (Government of Gujarat) has been procured &
submitted by the owner, regarding satisfactory erection of Lift.
(iv) Proper arrangements are made for regular maintenance of lift as provided in NBC
and in these regulations.
(v) The Certificate of Competent Authority and or fire department for completion and
or fire requirements as provided in these regulations has been procured and
submitted by the owner.
(vi) Proper arrangements are made for regular maintenance of fire protection services
as provided in NBC and in these regulations.
(vii) Percolating well in a building unit shall be provided as per clause No.10.9.
(viii) If any project consists of more than one unit and any unit is completed as per
provisions of G.D.C.R. (Such as Parking, Common Plots, Internal Roads, Height
of the Building, Infrastructure facilities, lift and fire safety measures), the
Competent Authority may issue completion certificate for such unit.
The occupancy certificate shall not be issued unless the information is supplied by
the owner and the Engineer / Architect concerned in the schedule as prescribed by
the Competent Authority from time to time.
33
8. DEVELOPMENT UNDERTAKEN ON BEHALF OF

GOVERNMENT
As per the provisions of Section 39 of the Act and Rule 15 of the Rules, the Office-in-charge
of a Government Dept. shall inform in writing to the Authority of the intention to carry out
development for its purpose along with such development or construction.
1) An official letter of Government Department addressed to the Authority or as the case may
be to the authorised officer giving full particulars of the development work or any
operational construction.
2) Building plan confirming to the provisions of Development Control Regulations and
Development Plan for the proposed development work to a scale of not less than 1:100.
3) Plans confirming to the provisions of Development Plan showing complete details of the
operational construction as defined under Clause (xvii) of Section 2 of the Act such as
detailed alignment, layouts, locations and such other matters with measurements.
4) Statement indicating the use of land confirming to the permissible land use zone, proposed
to be made by the Government Dept. for carrying out the development work.
5) The proposals of the Development Plan or Town Planning Scheme affecting the land.
6) A Site Plan (of required copies) of the area proposed to be developed to a scale of not less
than 1:500.
7) Detailed Plan (of required copies) showing the plans, sections and elevations of the
proposed development work to a scale of 1:100.
8) In case of layout of land or plot:
i) A Site Plan (of required copies) drawn to a scale of 1:500 showing the surrounding
land and existing access to the land included in the layout.
ii) A Layout Plan (of required copies) drawn to a scale of not less than 1:500 showing
sub-divisions of the land or plot with dimensions and area of each of the proposed
sub-divisions and their use. Provided that in the case of works proposed to be
undertaken by the local Military Authority of the Defense Ministry, the provisions of
clause (2) and (3) shall not apply and such Authority shall be required to submit the
layout plans.
34
9. REGISTRATION OF ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, STRUCTURAL

DESIGNER, CLERK OF WORKS, DEVELOPER.
9.1 APPLICATION FOR REGISTRATION
The Competent Authority shall register Architect, Engineer, Structural Designer, Clerk of
Works, etc. Site Supervisor, Developer, Application for registration as Architect, Engineer,
Structural Designer, Clerk of Works, Site Supervisor, Developer, shall be in Form No. 10.
Registration shall be valid for the period of five years or part thereof and shall be renewable
or part thereof.
9.2 REVOCATION OF REGISTRATION
A registration shall be liable to be revoked temporarily or permanently by the Competent
Authority if the registered person is found guilty of negligence or default in discharge of his
responsibilities and duties or of any breach of any of these Regulations.
Provided that he shall be given a show cause notice and afforded reasonable opportunity of
being heard by the Competent Authority for the purpose of these Regulations.
9.3 DUTIES & RESPONSIBILITIES
9.3.1 GENERAL DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES APPLICABLE TO ALL
(i) They shall study and be conversant with the provision of the Local Acts, the rules
and made thereunder, The Gujarat Town Planning & Urban Development Act-
1976, the rules and regulations made thereunder, policy-orders and standing
orders approved by the Competent Authority and the other instructions circulated
by the Competent Authority and the provisions in force from time to time along with
the instructions printed / mentioned on prescribed application forms & permission
letter.
(ii) They shall inform the Competent Authority of their employment/ assignment/
registration for any work within 7 days of the date of such employment/
assignment/resignation.
(iii) They shall prepare and submit all plans either new or revised when necessary,
required documents and other details they are required to do so in a neat, clean
and legible manner and on a durable paper properly arranged and folded in
accordance with the provisions prevailing time to time.
(iv) They shall submit plans, documents and details without any scratches or
corrections. Only small corrections will be permitted with proper initials. They shall
correctly represent all the site conditions including grown up trees.
(v) They shall personally comply with all requisitions/queries received from the
Competent Authority in connection with the work under their charge, promptly
expeditiously and fully at one-time. Where they do not agree with
requisitions/queries, they shall state objections in writing, otherwise for non-
compliance of any requisition/query within stipulated time, the plans and
applications shall be filed forthwith, and shall not be re-opened.
(vi) They shall immediately intimate to the owners the corrections and other changes
they make on the plans, documents and details as per requisitions/queries from
the Competent Authority.
(vii) They shall clearly indicate on every plan, document & submission, the details of
their designation such as registered Engineer, registered Structural Designer etc.
with registration number with date, full name and their address below the signature
for identification.
35
(viii) They or their authorised agent or employee, shall not accept the employment for
preparation and submission of plans-documents and supervision of any work if the
same is intended or proposed to be or being executed or already executed in
contravention of provisions of Local Acts, Gujarat T.P. & U.D. Act-1976, rules,
regulations and any orders made there under and any Regulations or rules for the
time being in force under the Act.
(ix) The registered person shall apply for undertaking the responsibility for the
particular work in the forms prescribed by the Appropriate Authority.
(x) The registered person shall provide the information and undertaking for the work
undertaken by him in the forms prescribed by the Competent Authority from time to
time.
(xi) They shall compulsorily appoint a clerk of works irrespective of type of building/
construction in all building units having proposed built-up areas more than 1000
Sq. Mts. for over all constant supervision of construction work on site and such
person appointed shall not be allowed to supervise more than one such site at a
time.
(xii) The Architectural and Structural Designer shall be responsible for adhering to the
provisions of the relevant and prevailing 'Indian Standard Specification'. They will
not be held responsible for the severe damage or collapse that may occur under
the natural forces going beyond their design forces provided in the above 'Indial
Standard Specifications'.
9.3.2 ARCHITECT:
(A) QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE :
A person registered under the provision of Architect Act, 1972 as an Architect OR
Bachelors Degree in Architecture / Diploma in Architecture Equivalent to B.Arch.
with 2 yrs. Experience.
(B) SCOPE OF WORK & COMPETENCE :
(i) Preparation & planning of all types of lay-outs & submission drawings and
to submit certificate of supervision, progress report and certificate of
completion for all types of buildings in accordance to the provisions of
building regulations.
(ii) Supervision & execution of construction work as per specifications &
drawings prepared by authorised registered structural designer &
engineer.
(C) DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES :
(a) He/She shall be responsible for making adequate arrangements to
ensure not only that the work is executed as per the approved plans but
also is confirmation with the stipulations of the National Building Code and
the I.S.I. standards for safe and sound construction and non-hazardous,
functioning of the services incorporated in the building and for making
adequate provisions for services and equipment for protection from fire
hazards as per the stipulations of the National Building Code in the
building and shall obtain N.O.C. from the Chief Fire Office or concerned
designated Authority/Consultant before applying for occupation
certificate.
(b) He or She shall, on behalf of the owner, apply for the progress certificates,
completion certificates and the occupation certificate and obtain the same
as required under the regulations.
36
(c) If the services of the registered architect are terminated, he shall

immediately inform the Competent Authority about his termination and the
stage of work at which his services have been terminated. The registered
architect appointed as replacement of the proceeding architect shall
inform about his appointment on the job, and inform the Competent
Authority of any deviation that might have occurred on the site with
reference to the approved drawings and the stage at which he is taking
over the charge. After Competent Authority has inspected the site for his
report, the newly appointed architect shall allow the work to proceed under
his direction.
(d) The registered architect appointed on the work shall inform the
Competent Authority immediately on discontinuation of the services of the
registered / Structural designer, construction contractor, clerk of works,
site supervisor, plumber or electrician and shall not allow the work to
continue till the vacancy is filled by appointment of another person and the
certificate of appointment of such person is submitted in the appropriate
Authority.
(e) He or She shall instruct the relevant agency that adequate provisions are
made for ensuring the safety of workers and others during excavation,
construction and erection.
(f) He shall instruct the relevant agency that adequate provisions are made
for providing safe and adequate temporary structures required for
construction and development
(D) REGISTRATION:
i) The registration fee if any shall be payable as prescribed by the
Competent Authority from time to time.
ii) The Competent Authority may black-list an architect in case of serious
defaults or repeated defaults and shall inform the council of Architect,
India to take suitable action against such person under the provisions of
Architect Act-1972. The registration shall be liable to be revoked
temporarily or permanently by the Competent Authority in such cases of
negligence or default.
9.3.3 ENGINEER:
(A) QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE:
Associate Membership (Civil Engineering) of the Institution of Engineers, India
(AMIE) or a degree in Civil Engineering or building construction or its equivalent
qualification recognized by All India Board of Technical Education or a Diploma in
Civil Engineering or Diploma in building construction /recognized by State Board of
Technical Examination of any State of India. In addition to the qualifications stated
above, the applicant should have at least five years experience in professional
work if he is a holder of a Diploma in Civil Engineering/or AMIE.
(B) SCOPE OF WORK & COMPETENCE:
i) Preparation & planning of all types of layouts except special structures as
shown in regulation No.18.1 & submission drawings and to submit
certificate of supervision & completion for all types of buildings provided
person having qualification of a Diploma in Civil Engineering shall be
permitted for low rise buildings only.
ii) Supervision & Execution of construction work as per specifications &
drawings prepared by authorised registered structural designer.
37
iii) He/She can prepare & submit structural details & calculations for building
of load bearing structures.
(C) DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
As per 9.3.2 (c), with reference to engineer in place of Architect.
(D) REGISTRATION:
i) The registration fees if any shall be payable as prescribed by the
Competent Authority from time to time.
ii) If he/she is found negligent in his/her duties & responsibilities. The
Competent Authority may black-list an Engineer in case of serious
defaults or repeated defaults and shall inform the Institution of Engineers,
India to take suitable action against such person. The registration shall be
liable to be revoked temporarily or permanently by the Competent
Authority in such cases of negligence and default.
9.3.4 STRUCTURAL DESIGNER:
(A) QUALIFICATION AND EXPERIENCE:
A Degree in Civil Engineering or its equivalent qualification recognised by All India
Council of Technical Education or Associated Member (Civil Engineer) of the
Institute of Engineers. In addition to above qualification, the applicant should have
at least five years experience in structural design, two years of which must be in a
responsible capacity in form of structural designer.
OR
A Master's degree in structural engineering from a recognised institute and at least
two years experience in structural design work.
OR
A Doctor's degree in structural design from a recognised institute and atleast one
year experience in structural design work.
(B) SCOPE OF WORK & COMPETENCE:
To prepare & submit structural details for –
i) All types of Buildings.
ii) Special structures.
(C) DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
(a) To prepare a report of the structural design.
(b) To prepare detailed structural design and to prescribe the method and
technique of its execution strictly on the basis of the National Building
Code or relevant Indian Standard specifications.
(c) To prepare detailed structural drawings and specifications for execution
indicating thereon, design live loads, safe soil bearing capacity,
specifications of material, assumptions made in design, special
precautions to be taken by contractor to suit the design assumptions etc.
whatever applicable.
(d) To supply two copies of structural drawings to the site supervisor.
38
(e) To inspect the works at all-important stages and certify that the work being
executed is up to the satisfaction of the Architect / Engineer.
(f) To certify that the structural safety and overall structural soundness of the
building to the Architect / Engineer.
(g) To advise the Owner / Architect / Engineer for arranging for tests and their
reports for soil, building material etc. for his evaluation and design
consideration.
(h) He shall prepare the revised calculations & drawings in case of any
revision with reference to the earlier submission of drawing & design in a
particular case.
(i) To submit the certificate of structural safety and over all structural
soundness of building to Competent Authority.
(j) To inform in writing the Competent Authority within 7 days, if for any reason
he is relieved of his appointment/responsibilities as the registered
Structural Designer for the development.
(k) Not to provide services to further or advance work of any type on any
development that does not comply with the regulation or is unauthorized
as per the GDCR.
(D) REGISTRATION :
As per 9.3.3 (D), with reference to structural designer in place of Architect.
9.3.5 CLERK OF WORKS / SITE SUPERVISOR :
A Degree in Civil Engineering or its equivalent qualification recognised by All India
Board of Technical Education or Diploma in Civil Engineering recognised by State
Board of Technical Examinations of any state in India. A degree in Architect or
Diploma in Architect equivalent qualification to degree.
In addition to the above qualifications, the applicant should have at least three
years experience in professional work if he is an holder of Diploma in Civil
Engineering and must have at least one year experience if he is an holder of
Degree in Civil Engineering or Degree in Architecture.
OR
Diploma in Building construction technology from a recognised institute & at least
five years experience in building construction line.
OR
Bachelor's Degree with specialized training in building construction and
technology at Bachelor's level from a recognised institute and at least two years
experience in construction work.
(B) SCOPE OF WORK :
Execution of all framed structure high rise buildings, public buildings, buildings
with basement / cellar, and irrespective of above type of buildings / construction in
all building units having built-up area more than 1000 Sq. Mts.
39
(C) DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES :

(a) To adhere strictly to the structural drawing specifications and written instructions
of the structural designer and Architect / Engineer.
(b) To follow the provisions of N.B.C. or I.S. specifications as regards materials,
components, quality control and the process of construction.
(c) To provide for safety of workers and others during excavation, construction and
erection.
(d) To provide safe and adequate temporary structure required for construction &
erection.
(e) To bring to the notice of the structural designer and Architect / Engineer / any
situation or circumstances which in his opinion are liable to endanger the safety
of structure.
(f) To deposit with the Competent Authority one set of working drawings of the works
executed along with the progress certificates before proceeding to the next stage
of the work.
(g) He shall be in charge of site and responsible for overall supervision of the work.
(h) He shall ensure that all the works under his charge are carried out in conformity
with the approved drawings and as per the details and specifications supplied by
the registered Architect / Engineer.
(i) He shall take adequate measures to ensure that no damage is caused to the
work under construction and the adjoining properties.
(j) He shall also ensure that no undue inconvenience is caused in the course of his
work to the people in neighbourhood.
(k) He shall also ensure that no nuisance is caused to traffic & neighbouring people
by way of noise, dust, smell, vibration etc. in the course of his work.
(D) REGISTRATION :
As per 9.3.3 (D).
9.3.6 DEVELOPERS :
The person / firm acting as Developer shall be of proved merits and experience.
(B) DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:
The responsibilities of developers shall be :
1. To obtain and submit to the Competent Authority , along with application for
development permission, each progress report and application for occupation
certificate.
2. To appoint a Registered Architect/Engineer and Structural Designer.
3. To obtain at relevant stages certificates from them, for submission to the
Competent Authority, that in designing the real estate development and providing
detailed drawings and specifications for it they have complied with requirements
as laid out in the GDCR.
4. To appoint a registered site supervisor.
5. To obtain and adhere to the quality assurance procedure prepared by the
40
registered site supervisor.

6. To adequately enable the site supervisor to carry out his responsibilities.
7. To certify along with the site supervisor that construction of the real estate
development has been carried out as per the design, detailed drawings and
specifications provided by the Architect/Engineer and the Structural Designer.
8. To obtain development permission from the Competent Authority prior to
commencement of construction of the real estate development
9. To regularly submit progress reports and certificates as required by the Competent
Authority.
10. To inform in writing the Competent Authority within 7 days, if for any reason he
ceases to be the developer or is relieved of his responsibilities as the developer of
the real estate development.
11. To inform in writing the Competent Authority within 7 days, if for any reason any of
the registered professionals appointed by him have been relieved of their
responsibilities.
12. The appointment of the registered Architect/Engineer shall mean that he has
authorized the Architect/Engineer to do all things necessary and to take all
adequate measures for preparing the design, drawings and specifications for the
project and to appoint on his behalf appropriate persons to act as registered, clerk
of works site supervisor, required for the proper execution of the project and to
retain on behalf of the owner any other specialist or expert required on the work of
to project.
13. He shall not cause or allow any deviation from the approved drawings in the course
of the execution of the project against the instruction the instruction of Architect/
Engineer / Site Supervisor/ Clerk of Works/Structural Designer and shall bear all
responsibility for any irregularity committed in the use and function of the building
or its parts for which the approval has been obtained.
14. When no registered construction contractor or site supervisor is required to be
appointed and not appointed he shall be responsible for their duties and
responsibilities under the Regulations.
15. He shall not commence the use of building or shall not give the possession to
occupy the building to any one before obtaining the occupancy certificate from the
Competent Authority
16. He shall provide adequate safety measures for structural stability and protection
against fire hazards likely from installation of services like electrical installation,
plumbing, drainage, sanitation, water supply etc. wherever required under the
regulations.
17. He shall exhibit the names of registered persons only, on site and no additional
names will be exhibited/displayed.
(C) REGISTRATION:
As per 9.3.2(D).
9.3.7 RESPONSIBILITIES OF OWNERS
9.3.7.1 THE RESPONSIBILITIES OF AN OWNER SHALL BE :
(i) To appoint a registered architect/engineer and structural designer.
(ii) To obtain at relevant stages, for submission to the Competent Authority, certificates
41
from them that in designing the development and providing detailed drawings and
specifications for it they have complied with requirements as laid out in the GDCR.
(iii) To appoint a registered site supervisor.
(iv) To obtain and adhere to the quality assurance procedure prepared by the registered
site supervisor.
(v) To adequately enable the site supervisor to carry out his responsibilities.
(vi) To certify along with the site supervisor that construction of the development has been
undertaken as per designs, detailed drawings and specifications provided by the
Architect/ Engineer and the Structural Designer.
(vii) To obtain development permission from the Competent Authority prior to the
development.
(viii) To regularly submit progress reports and certificates as required by the Competent
Authority.
(ix) To obtain an occupancy certificate from the Competent Authority prior use being made
of the development.
(x) To inform in writing the Competent Authority within 7 days, if for any reason he ceases
to be relieved of his responsibilities as the owner of the development.
(xi) To inform in writing the Competent Authority within 7 days if for any reason any of the
registered professionals appointed by him have been relieved of their responsibilities.
9.4 STRUCTURAL EXPERT & TESTING LABORATORIES :
The appropriate authority shall :
· notify a panel of sturctural experts / laboratories :
· shall time to time prescribe the qualification, experience / other requirements and
scope of work for the experts / laboratories :
· shall prescribe the fees to be the member of such panel ;
· The appropriate shall have the right to include / exclude such members from the
list of the panel.
9.5 APPOINTEMENT OF EMPLOYEES
9.5.1 IN CASE OF TERMINATION OF EMPLOYEES:
In case of termination of employment of any of the persons employed under Regulations. It shall
be the duty of the person employed to intimate immediately in writing to the Competent Authority
specifically indicating the stage up to which he has supervised the construction. In the absence
of any such intimation and until such intimation has been received, person so last engaged shall
be deemed to continue to supervise the work in question.
9.5.2 IN CASE OF DEATH OF EMPLOYEES:
Where any of the persons employed under these Regulations and required for the execution of
the projects dies or ceases to be employee before such building work is completed, the further
erection of such building or the further execution of such work shall forthwith be suspended until
another person as required under these Regulations is engaged and his name has been duly
communicated to the Competent Authority.
42
10. DEVELOPMENT OF LAND

10.1 LAYOUT OF BUILDING UNIT
10.1.1 AMALGAMATION AND/OR SUBDIVISION OF BUILDING UNIT :
In the case of a building unit which requires to be developed by laying out into sub-plots
or amalgamation of sub-plot and providing internal roads, no development permission
shall be issued to the owner or the person who has right to develop it, unless the said
owner or person who has right to develop has applied and has got this land approved
by the Competent Authority as a “Building Unit” or “Building Units”. In case of sub-
plotting the ratio between the length of the adjacent side is not more than 2. However
this condition of ratio will not be applicable if the smaller side of the building unit is 10.50
mts. or more in length.
Provided, however that the Local Authority may postpone the enforcement of
construction or pucca roads with footpaths including street light, trees, water supply
lines, storm water drains, sewer lines, collection and disposals of solid waste, street
lighting etc. to such future date as agreed to by the Local Authority upon the owner or
occupier of the building units passing an undertaking to execute the work at his cost
before the expiry of such further date in the form prescribed by the Local Authority.
10.1.2 AMALGAMATION AND/OR SUBDIVISION OF BUILDING UNIT WITH EXISTING
STRUCTURES:
In the case of building units with existing buildings, its sub-division or amalgamation
shall not be approved unless it fulfills all the requirements under these regulations.
10.1.3 Amalgamation of building unit abutting on 18.00 mt. and above width road shall be
permitted subject to depth of the building unit shall not exceed three time the Frontage
of the building unit abutting on road.
10.2 INTERNAL BUILDING LAYOUT IN A BUILDING UNIT
In the case of a building unit which is intended to be developed with internal roads,
buildings and other structures, no development permission shall be issued to the
owner or the person who has right to develop it, unless the said owner or person who
has right to develop has applied and has got the internal layout approved by the
Competent Authority as per these Regulations.
10.3 LEVEL OF BUILDING UNIT
The general level of the building unit shall not be lower than the level of the crown of the
road in front. Provided that in the case of plot, the level of which is lower than the crown
of the road in front and which in the opinion of the Competent Authority, could be
drained off in the storm water drainage and sewer, the competent authority may permit
a suitable lower level.
10.4 REQUIREMENT OF ROAD WIDTH FOR 10.1 & 10.2
i) The Authority shall not approve any layout either for sub-division or for amalgamation
unless it fulfills all the following requirements.
The width of the internal roads in a layout for different purposes and the width of
internal approaches for tenements and ownership tenement flats shall be regulated as
under: -
43
A. For areas within Existing Nucleus and Gamtal.
Sr. Road length. Width of road.
No. In mts. In mts.

1. Upto 75 6.0
2. Above 75 and Upto 150 7.5
3. Above 150 and Upto 300 9.0
4. Above 300 12.00
B. For areas other than existing Nucleus and Gamtal.
Sr. Road length. Width of road for Width of road for commercial,
residential use. industrial and other non
No. In mts. residential use.
In mts.
In mts.
1. Upto 150 7.5 9.0
2. Above 150 9.0 12.0
and Upto
300
3. Above 300 10.5 15.0
and Upto
450
4. Above 450 12.00 18.0
Provided that the decision of the authority shall be final in computing the length of
the road for the purpose of determining the width if the road is in continuation with
any private road in the adjoining estate or any public road continuous to the estate,
the length of the adjoining road or public road as the case may be shall be added to
the length of the road in question for the purpose of determining the width.
(ii) The shape of the plots, the junction of the roads, and curves at the corners shall be
designed as directed by the Competent Authority.
NOTE :
(1) Road/Access for Residential, Commercial, Industrial as described in the above
tables :
(a) Internal road width shall be measured in length from the point of its origin
to the next wider road in meets.
(2) In the case of plot, surrounded on all sides by other plots, that is land lock plot
which has no access to any street or road the Competent Authority may enforce
access through and adjoining plots or plot which shall as far as possible be nearest
to the street or roads to the land lock plots, at the cost of owner of the land lock plot
and such other conditions as may be prescribed by the Competent Authority.
44
(3) In cases of area where no Town Planning Scheme is prepared the existing means
of access or easement road/access minimum 9.0 Mt. imaginary plot boundary
shall be considered from the centre of the road and from this imaginary plot
boundary the margin and other regulations shall be enforced. The Appropriate
Authority may enforce further set back considering the proposed development in
the surroundings area.
(4) Provided that the decision of the competent authority shall be final in computing
the length of the road for the purpose of determining the width; if the road is in the
continuation with any private road in the adjoining estate or any public road
continuous to the estate, the length of the adjoining road or public road as the case
may be shall be added to the length of the road in question for the purpose of
determining the width.
(5) The shape of the plots, the junction of the roads, curves at the corners shall be
designed as directed by the Competent Authority.
Curves at the junction:
The Curves shall be provided at the junction of roads as prescribed below:
(a) 4.5 Mts. radius if the width of the road is 7.5 Mts. or less.
(b) 6.0 Mts. radius if the width of the roads is more than 7.5 Mts. but not more
than 18 Mts.
(c) Half the width of the wider road. if the width of the road exceeds 18 Mts.
Provided that at the junction of the roads, the width of the wider road shall
be taken into consideration in determining the radius of curvature.
(6) The alignment of the internal road or roads shall be regulated to be in continuation
of the public or private roads continuous to the applicant's plots; but in case of
termination of an internal road or roads; 13.5 meter diameter turning circle or 12
Mts. x 7.5 Mts. turning “T” shall be enforced.
Provided that this requirements may be waived if the length of such road does not
exceed 110 Mt. in case of 7.5 Mts. wide road.
(7) The level gradients, position of the services such as water supply lines, street
lighting, storm water drains, sewer lines, manholes, tree etc. shall be fixed as
approved by the Competent Authority.
(8) In development area excluding town planning scheme area, the width of one road
shall be decided by the Competent Authority.
iii) Provided that in the case of tenement type buildings such as ownership flats, row
type, cluster type, group housing, semidetached building, no margin will be
necessary from the internal approach road, but steps shall not be permitted on the
approach road. Further doors and windows shall not open towards the approach
road.
There shall be minimum 4.5 mts clear distance between two detached structures
in tenement type building. However open to sky stair may be permitted so that the
clear distance left between two such stairs is not less than 2.70 mts.
45
10.5 APPROACHES TO THE BUILDING.

10.5.1 FOR RESIDENTIAL DEVELOPMENT
The width of the approach from the street to the building shall not be less than 3.00 mt in
case of length of such approach is eaual to or less than 15.00 mts. In length, 4.50 mt. in
case of length of such approach is more than 15.0 mts. and upto 45.0 mt. in length.
Whereas in the case of approaches exceeding 45.00 mts. in length regular width of the
road, prescribed in this regulation, shall be provided.
10.5.2 FOR OTHER THAN RESIDENTIAL USE.
For use other than residential use, the width of the approach from the street to building shall
not be less than 4.5 mts. in case of length of such approach is equal to or less than 15.00
mts. in length, 6.0 mts in case of length of such approach is more than 15.00 mts and upto
45.0 mts in length whereas in the case of approaches exceeding 45.00 mts. in length
regular width of the road, prescribed in this regulation, shall be provided.
10.6 COMMON PLOT
Common Plot for the development of residential, convenience shopping at ground floor
only, industrial and sub-division of building units / land shall be required as under :
(1) FOR RESIDENTIAL & COMMERCIAL USE :
(a) In a building unit of 2000 sq.mts. or more in area, the common plot shall be
provided.
(b) The minimum area of the common plot shall be 10% of the building unit and
shall be provided preferably in a central place.
(c) Common Plot shall be provided in high rise building irrespective of area of
building unit.
(2) FOR INDUSTRIAL USE:
(a) No common plot shall be provided for building unit upto 5000 sq.mts.
(b) In a building unit of more than 5000 sq.mts. and upto 20000 sq.mts. in area,
the common plot shall be provided at the rate of 8% of the area of the building
unit.
(c) In a building unit of more than 20000 sq.mts. in area the common plot shall be
provided at the rate of 1600 sq.mts. plus 5% of the area of the building unit in
excess of 20000 sq.mts.
(3) OTHER THAN RESIDENTIAL, Commercial & INDUSTRIAL:
In a building unit of 2000 sq.mt. or more in area, the common plot shall be provided
at the rate of 20% of plot area.
(4) GENERAL REQUIREMENTS:
1. The common plot area shall be exclusive of approaches, margins no
projection shall be permitted in common plot.
2. Minimum size of the common plot shall be 250 sq.mts. with no side less
than 10.50 mts.
46
3. 15 % of the common plot may be permitted for the construction of

community building on ground floor, electric sub-station, tube well
overhead water tank, under ground water tank, rain water recharge well
for the common use shall be permitted subject to margin as per this
regulations and rest of the common plot shall be kept open to sky.
4. The area of the common plot may be permitted to be sub-divided that the
common plot has a minimum area of 300 sq.mts. with no sides less than
10.50 mts.
Provided for a group housing, (building with Ground floor plus two upper
floors without hollow plinth), further sub-divisions of the common plot may
be allowed by the Competent Authority.
5. The area of this common plot shall not be deducted for the consideration
of Floor Space Index of a building unit but the area of common plot shall be
deducted, for the calculation of built-up area.
6. (a) in the case of “all uses except residential” total common plot may be
allowed to be used as parking space including drive-way and the aisles.
(b) In the case of residential use 50% of the total common plot may be
allowed total used as parking space including drive way and aisles.
7. In cases wherein layout or subdivision of land is sanctioned with provision
of required common plot. Common plot shall not be insisted in case of sub
division of such sub plots or amalgamation of such sub plots irrespective
of area.”
10.7 MIXED DEVELOPMENT (LOW-RISE AND HIGH-RISE)
In Case of mixed development of low-rise building and high-rise building the F.S.I. shall be
computed on the bases of notional building unit formed by sub division by such notional plot
boundary between low-rise building and high-rise building subject to other regulations.
Such notional plot boundary means imaginary boundary from building after leaving the
required margin.
10.8 LENGTH OF A BUILDING
The length of a building shall not be more than 150.00 mts. in any case. In case of flats,
apartments and institutional building where the length of building exceeds 50.00 mts., in
such cases through passage of 7.50 mts. in clear width and clear height of 6.00 mts. shall
be provided at every 30.00 mts. intervals at ground level.
10.9 PERCOLATING WELL
1. PERCOLATING WELL WITH RAIN WATER HARVESTING SYSTEM : For
the area of building unit above 500.00 sq.mtr. and upto 1500.00 sq.mtr., the
owner/developer shall carry out water harvesting system as specified by the
authority.
In the case where the area of building unit exceeds 1500 sq.mtrs. and upto
4000 sq.mt. owner/developer has to provide/construct percolating well with
rain water harvesting system in building unit and at the rate of one percolating
well for every 4000.00 sq.mtr. or part there of building unit.
1.1 CONSERVATION AND HARVESTING OF RAIN WATER IN BUILDINGS
: Having plinth built up area of 80 sq.mtrs or more every such building/shall
be provided with required facilities and infrastructure for conservation and
harvesting of rain water viz.
47
1.2 PERCOLATION PITS : The ground surface around the building shall have
percolation pit or bore s recommended by Competent Authority covering
within the building site, or bore recharge. Such pits shall be filled with
small pebbles or brick jelly or river sand and covered with perforated
concrete slabs.
1.3 TERRACE WATER COLLECTION : The terrace may be connected to a
sump or well bore through a filtering tank by PVC pipe as recommended
by Competent Authority. A value system shall be incorporate to enable the
first part of the rain water collected to be discharged out to the solid if it is
dirty.
2. In the case where the area of the building unit exceeds 1500 sq.mts; owner /
developer has to provide / construct percolating well in Building Unit.
10.10 SOAK PIT :
In the case where there is no drainage facilities available to the land to be developed, the
owner/developer shall provide septic tank, soak pit/soak well for disposal of sewage and
waster water.
2. Septic tank/Soak pit/Soak well may be allowed in margin.
3. Structural safety certificate from the licensed structural engineer should be
required for location of soak pit, to avoid damage to structures as well as soak
pit/soak well/ septic tank.
4. General Design and location criteria by considering local condition shall be in
conformity with the general instructions as may be issued by Competent
Authority from time to time.
10.11 Collection of dry & Wet waste :
For every individual housing & commercial uses, the Residents shall make arrangement
for collection of dry & wet waste in closed container within their premises for eventual
collection & disposal by the V.M.C.
10.12 Provision of Borewell :
In case of provision of borewell is required the applicant shall have to submit the data like
depth, diameter, capacity of borewell with necessary charges if any and the private
borewell shall be carried out only after taking the required permission from the Competent
Authority.
10.13 Closed Textiles Mills :
In case of development / redevelopment of land of closed mills for any permissible purpose
other than use of textile mills, the competent authority shall enforce owners / applicant to
contribute land to the competent authority at the rate of 20 % in aggregate of its plot / building
unit ( Final Plot) by reconstitution of such plot / building unit, so as to provide land for public
amenities / public purpose in that area. The land so obtained shall not be used other than public
purpose and public amenities''
48
11. SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING

NUCLEUS AND GAMTAL AREA
11.1 MINIMUM BUILDING UNIT
Minimum area of a building unit when subdivided shall be 18 Sq. Mts. with no side less than
3.00 Mts. in width.
11.2 ACCESS TO BUILDING
(1) Every person who erects a building shall provide as means of access to such building a
clear pathway not less than 3.0 meters in width from street to the door of such building.
In case of existing pathway, the above provision shall not apply.
Such pathway shall be paved and shall always be kept open to sky and no projection or
overhang shall be permitted over such pathways.
11.3 SET BACK
The set back of 3 from centre line of existing street shall be provided where regular line of
street is not prescribed.
NOTE :
i. The land left open as set back shall be deemed to be part of the street.
ii. No set back shall be required for the building unit of area upto 100 Sq.mtr.
iii. The Competent Authority shall permit the F.S.I. of any plot or a building unit on the
basis of its original area, if the owner of such a land is prepared to release the
effected land by road widening or for construction of new road without claiming any
compensation thereof.
11.3.1 MARGINS
The margins shall be provided towards road sides as under :
Width of Streets Margin on Street.

(a) Upto 12.00 mts. 1.50 mts.
(b) More than 12.00 mts. 2.00 mts.
11.4 OPEN SPACE

11.4.1 CHOWK AND OPEN AIR SPACE
(a) CHOWK :
No person shall erect, construct or reconstruct from foundation or plinth a building
more than 9 Mts. in depth from its front without providing an open space or chowk
open to sky from plinth level for every 9 meters depth of the building, of at least 5.6
Sq. Mts. which may be reduced to a minimum of 3.0 Sq. Mts. with no side less than
1.5 Mts. in case if the width of the property to be developed is 4.5 meters or less.
This shall not be applicable to a building having doors and windows opening at
least on two sides over streets or open compound not less than 2.4 meters wide
provided the depth does not exceed 18 meters.
49
(b) OPEN AIR SPACE :

Every open air space whether interior or exterior open air space shall not be less
than the width prescribed in the following scale and may be provided at the plinth
level or at the floor level of every such room. Linear interpolation from a height not
specified herein will be permitted.
Minimum width of open Air space Where height of building (above
throughout. (mts.) plinth adjoining the Open air
space) does not exceed (mts.)
3 7
4 10
5 13
6 16
7 20
8 24
Every such interior or exterior open air space, unless the latter is a street, shall be
maintained for the benefit of such building exclusively and shall be entirely within
the owner's premises.
(c) For the purpose of the above regulations the depth of the room shall not be more
than three times the width of the room, which abuts on the air space.
If open air space is provided with more than the required open chawk, the
additional area shall be counted towards the computation of F.S.I.
11.4.2 WATER CLOSET AND BATHROOM
At least one of the walls shall have a opening of minimum 0.25 Sq. Mts. upon a
minimum 0.9 Mts. wide open space or upon a verandah not less than 1.5 Mts. wide
opening to air spaces as per regulation on one side.
11.4.3 OPEN SPACE TO BE OPEN TO SKY
Every open space whether exterior or interior, shall be kept free from any erection
thereon and shall be kept open to sky. Every such open space or chowk shall have
suitable and sufficient access. No open drain except for rain water, shall be
constructed in any open space required by these regulations. No construction
work on a building shall be allowed if such work operates to reduce an open air
space of any other adjoining building belonging to the same owner to an extent
less than what is prescribed by any of these regulations in force at the time of the
proposed work to further reduce such open space if it is already less than what is
prescribed.
11.5 HEIGHT OF BUILDING
The height of building shall not exceed twice the width of the abutting road plus the setback
provided at ground level required as per these Regulations. Provided that in case of bldg.
abutting on more than one road with different width, the wider road shall be consider.
Provided the portion of setback on which the projection is made shall not be computed
towards the width of the street.
In case of building situated in Chowk, Falia, Khadki, the height of building shall not exceed
twice the width of the road leading to such Chowk, Falia or Khadki whichever is less.
Provided that the height of stair-case cabin, water storage tank, parapet, lift well and lift
cabin with machine-room over it as per the requirement of Lift Inspector, shall not be taken
into consideration in determining the total height of the building, provided the height of each
does not exceed 2.4 Meters. In case of Machine-room height shall be as per the
requirement of Lift Inspector.
50
EXPLANATION
Height in the above regulation, shall be measured from the road level/plot level whichever
is higher, to the highest point in the building, excluding the parapet and hollow plinth used
for parking.
11.6 PROJECTIONS ON SET BACKS
11.6.1 WEATHER SHED :
In any marginal open space, weather sheds projections shall be permitted upto 0.60 Mts. at
the height of 2.0 Mts. from the floor level. However it shall not be allowed to be covered in
any case so as to add to the usable floor area.
11.6.2 DOOR/WINDOW SHUTTERS AND STEPS
(1) No shutters of any doors or windows of any building shall be allowed to open on the
street.
(2) Projections of steps shall not be permitted on set-backs, streets or roads.
11.6.3 CELLAR
No cellar shall be permitted within required set back area. All-round margin of 1.5 Mts. shall
have to be kept from adjoining property for construction of cellar.
11.6.4 PLINTH
Minimum plinth height of 0.45 Mts. from ground level shall be provided.
11.7 FLOOR SPACE INDEX AND MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE BUILT-UP AREA
The maximum permissible built-up area and F.S.I. of a building unit shall be subject to the
limitations prescribed in the following table.
Sr. Building Unit in Maximum permissible built-up area on Maximum

Ground Floor
No. Sq. Mts. Permissible FSI
01 Upto 90 75% 2
02 90 to 150 65% or 67.5 Sq.Mts. which ever is more 2
03 150 to 1500 50% or 90 Sq.Mts. which ever is more 2
04 1500 & Above 45% 2
NOTE :
The F.S.I. and built-up area under these Regulations shall prevail over the FSI and built up
area prescribed in T.P. Schemes within and outside Gamtal and walled city area if any, in
case of conflict.
11.7.1 RELAXATION IN F.S.I.
The Competent Authority shall permit the F.S.I. of any plot or a building unit on the
basis of its original area, if the owner of such a land is prepared to release the
effected land by road widening or for construction of new road without claming any
compensation thereof. The minimum setback shall be provided from new road line
with subject to other regulations including 11.5
51
11.8 PERMISSIBLE USES

The development of a building unit shall be regulated according to the width of the road on
which it abuts, subject to use zone table as provided in regulation No. 12.1.
11.9 PARKING
Shall be provided as prescribed in chapter 19 of these regulations. In the case of
Authorised Building Unit upto 60.00 sq.mts. area the parking shall not be required.
Authorised Building Unit means the building unit having area upto 60.00 sq.mts. approved
before the submission of Revised Draft Development Plan.
11.10 ADDITION TO EXISTNG STRUCTURE:
The addition to any existing structure shall satisfy the following provision.
An addition that is not structurally independent from an existing structure shall be designed
and constructed such that the entire structure conforms to the seismic force resistance
requirements for new structures unless the following three conditions are complied with :
i) The addition shall comply with the requirements for new structures.
ii) The addition shall not increase the seismic forces in any structural element of the
existing structure by more than 5% unless the capacity of the element subject to
the increased force is still in compliance with IS : 1893, and
iii) The addition shall not decrease the seismic resistance of any structural element of
the existing structure unless reduced resistance is equal to or greater than that
required for new structures”.
52
12. DEVELOPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR OTHER THAN GAMTAL AND WALLED CITY AREA
12.1 (a) USES NOT PERMISSIBLE:
The development shall be regulated according to the width of the road on which it abuts subject to use zone
table as follows :
Road width Uses not permissible

a) Above 24 mts. All educational institutions up to SSCE level,
b) 18 mts. & Up to 24 mts. All educational institutions upto SSCE level, Cinema Hall, Marriage Hall.
c) 12 mts. and less than 18 mts. 1.1 High rise buildings, Cinema Hall, Meeting/ Community/
Lecture/Town hall, Auditorium, Petrol pump, Head and Regional /
Public / Establishment, Starred Hotels, College, Technical
Institution, General Hospital, Polyclinic.
1.1 Provided in the case of draft T.P. Scheme area approved by the
Govt. upto the date of sanction of these regulations, high rise
building shall be permitted on 12 mts. and above road.
d) more then 7.5 mts. and less (1) All uses mentioned in (b) above and building with more than 13 mt.
than 12 mts. height(excluding hollow plinth)
e) Less than 7.5 mts. All uses mentioned in (c) above and building wi th more than 10 mts.
height, Apartments/Flat type building (excluding hollow plinth).
NOTE :
(1) Provided that these regulations shall not be applicable for authorised existing uses prior to these
regulations.
(2) Malls/Multiplex/Hyper shopping shall only be permitted on road of minimum road width of 30 mts.
12. (b) USES PERMISSIBLE FOR COMMERCIAL DEVELOPMENT:
ROAD WIDTH FLOOR

1) up to 12 mts. ONLY GROUND FLOOR
2) 12 mts. and less than 18 mts. GROUND FLOOR & FIRST FLOOR
3) 18 mts. & less than 24 mts. Upto 10 mts. height.
4) 24 mts. & above. All floors.
12.2 MINIMUM AREA OF A BUILDING UNIT

(a) Minimum area of a building unit shall be 100 sq.mts with no side to be less than 9 mts. Building unit with area of
100 Sq.Mts. may be allowed on roads upto 9 mts. width and less. Building unit with area more than 100 sq.mts.
and upto 200 sq.mts. may be allowed on roads upto 12 mts. width. The Building Unit having rectangular shape
having the ratio between the length of the adjacent side shall not more than 2. However, this condition of ratio will
not be applicable, if the smaller side of the Building Unit is 10.50 mts. or more in length.
Minimum area of a building unit for high rise building shall be 1500 sq.mts and it shall front on at least 18 mt. or
more wide Development Plan roads or Town Planning Scheme Roads and that the frontage of the plot on such
roads shall not be less than 15 mts.
(b) Minimum area of a Building Unit for primary school and high school shall be 1000.00 sq.mts.
(c) Minimum area of Building Unit for Educational Institute, Community Hall, Marriage Hall, Town Hall, Assembly Hall
(All types of Hall), Cinema, Theatre shall be 2000.00 sq.mts.
(d) Minimum area of a Building Unit for petrol pump without service station shall be 1000.00 sq.mts. and petrol pump
with service station shall be 2000.00 sq.mts.
(e) Minimum area of Building Unit for worship and religious places shall be 500 sq.mts. and maximum built-up area
shall not be more than 20% of the building unit area.
NOTE :- Above all provisions are not applicable for Residential housing scheme for socially and economically
backward class of people.
53
12.3 FLOOR SPACE INDEX (F.S.I.)
12.3.1 PERMISSIBLE FSI
a) The maximum permissible Floor Space Index (F.S.I.) of a building unit shall be as under-
Maximum Permissible Premium

Maximum F.S.I. as per
Sr
Use Zone Maximum Permissible Permissible normal Road width
No
Built-up Area of G.F. F.S.I. 24 mts & 18 mts
36 mts &
less than less than
Above
36 24
1 Residential Zone I As per Regulation 1.6 2.5 2 1.8
No.12.4.1A(ii)
Residential Zone II 1.2 2.5 2 1.8
and Residential Zone
“ “
0.75 2.5 2 1.8

III
“ “
2 Natural Growth of As per regulation 1.6 --- --- ---

village No.12.4.1A(ii)
3 Commercial Zone 45% (low rise building) 1.6 2.5 2 1.8
30% (high rise building)
4 Industrial Zone 50% 1 1 1 1
5 Stars Hotel with 45% low rise 2.25 2.5 2.5 2.5
Podium 30%High rise
Note :
1. Premium FSI shall be permitted at 10% of the jantry rate for FSI upto 1.8 and 40 % of the jantry rate for
FSI above 1.8 and upto 2.5.
2. For special nodes the FSI shall be as mentioned in the remarks column of relevant Sr.No. in regulation
no. 32- zoning provisions.
12.3.2 MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE HEIGHT
The maximum height of any building shall be 40.00 mts from the plot level to the top of the building, except parapet
not exceeding 1.50 mt. in height subject to other regulations.
12.3.3 RELAXATION IN FSI
The Competent Authority shall permit the F.S.I. of any land/plot or building unit on the basis of its original area, if
the owner of such land surrenders the effected land by road widening or for construction of new road without
claiming any compensation thereof provided that all other requirement mentioned in this regulations are fulfilled.
Minimum required space of set back / margin shall have to be provided from the new boundary of land / plot
effected by road widening.
12.4 MARGIN AND MAXIMUM BUILT-UP AREA ON G.F.
12.4.1 (A) RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL USE

i. The margins for all uses except for industrial building and special structures shall be as under: -
Width of Proposed Roads Minimum Road Side Remarks

(Mts.) Margin (Mts.)
Road upto 7.5 mts. and less 2.0 (1) For the existing built up area the
margins requirement may be
Above 7.5 Mts. and upto 12 Mts. 3.0 relaxed on merits of individual case
Above 12 Mts. and upto 18 Mts. 4.5 subject to other regulations.
(2) Minimum side margin shall be
Above 18Mts. and upto 30 Mts. 6.0
provided as per regulation no.
Above 30 Mts. and upto 40 Mts. 7.5 12.4.1(A) (ii)
Above 40 Mts. 9.0
Note : - M.K.S. and F.P.S. CONVERSION:
(i) 6.00 mt. = 20.00 ft. (v) 15.00 mts. = 50.00 ft.
(ii) 7.50 mts. = 24.60 ft. (vi) 18.00 mts. = 60.00 ft.
(iii) 9.00 mts. = 30.00 ft. (vii) 24.00 mts. = 80.00 ft.
(iv) 12.00 mts.= 40.00 ft. (viii) 30.00 mts. = 100.00 ft.
54
ii. The minimum side (other than road side) margins and maximum built-up area for all uses except for industrial
building and special structure shall be as under for low rise building :
Plot size Margins other than road Maximum built-up area

side
Upto 40 sq.mt. - 70%
Above 40 sq.mt and up to 2.0 .mt 65 %
100 sq.mt
Above 100 sq. mt and up to 2.50 mts. (rear side) and 1.50 50 %
250 sq.mt mts. (any one side)
Above 250 Sq.mts. and upto 3.0 mts. (rear side) and 2.5 mts. (any 45% or 150 sq.mts.
400 sq.mts. one side)
whichever is more
Above 400 sq.mts. 3.0 mts. in all sides except road side 40% or 200 sq.mts.
subject to these regulations as the case whichever is more
may be
1500 sq.mts. and above for As per Regulation No. 30%
high-rise building.
12.4.1.A (iv)
Note:
a. Provided that in case of plots existing prior to the sanction of these regulations, 70 % built up area with 1.5
mts minimum margin other than the road side shall be permitted for development in plots lesser than 100
sqmts also.
b. In case of plot abutting on the boundary of S. No./F.P. minimum 3.0 mt margin other than road side shall be
provided towards that boundary.
iii. In case of low rise building for commercial and mix development the margins and ground coverage shall be as
under :
Maximum 50% built up area of proposed ground floor shall be permitted on solid plinth for mix development subject
to these regulations.
iv. HIGH RISE BUILDING :
In the case of building units to be developed with one or more high rise buildings, the minimum margins and open
space above the ground level and between the buildings shall be provided as under :
Use Width of road Minimum Road side Margins

1 2 3
(a) For all Uses Irrespective of road width of 0.3 H or 6 mts. whichever is
Development Plan Roads or Town more on road sides.
Planning Scheme Roads, as may
be applicable.
0.2 H or 6.0 mts. whichever is
more on remaining sides.
“Margin between two buildings

shall be two times the margin
required on remaining side as
mentioned above.
NOTE – I
Provided in the case of draft T.P. Scheme area Submitted to Govt. for sanction before the date of
publication of revised draft development plan high-rise building shall be permitted on 12 mts. and more
wide road.
Explanation
In the above regulations 'H' shall mean height of the building which shall be measured from the plot level to the
highest point in the building. Provided that the height of the genuine stair-cabin, lift well, water tank and lift cabin
shall not be taken into consideration in determining the total height of the building provided that the height of each,
does not exceed 2.4 Mts. The maximum height of the parapet shall be 1.50 Mts. and it shall also not be computed
towards the height of the building.
55
NOTE – II
In case of more than one semi detached high-rise building the length of common wall between any two building
shall not be less than 75% of the maximum width of the building parallel to common wall (Any High Rise Building)
joining together. Other wise it shall be treated as detached high-rise building for the purpose of computing the
margins.
v. HIGH RISE BUILDING WITH PODIUM AND TOWER :

(Applicable for starred Hotel Only)
Notwithstanding anything contained in the Regulation for high-rise buildings, the high rise buildings with
podium(Enlarge base) and tower shall be permitted as per the following conditions.
a) The maximum built-up area of 40% of building units shall be permissible for podium with height not
exceeding 7 mts. from ground level and with a minimum of 5 mts margin on all the sides.
b) The minimum area of available open terrace without any obstruction of the tower shall not be less than 50%
of the built-up area of podium i.e. the coverage of tower over podium shall not exceed 50% of the podium
built-up area.
c) The terrace over podium shall be accessible from outside or from within the building and shall form common
open space.
d) The minimum margins of tower block measured at the base of the tower podium terrace level shall be 0.3 H
for two sides and 0.2 H subject to minimum of 6 mts. for remaining sides, where “H” is the height of tower
measured from the podium terrace level.
In the case of a tower on columns in which the podium terrace floors not enclosed, it shall be measured from
the lowest enclosed floor of a tower.
e) The permissible floor space index of the podium and tower block taken together shall be as per table
prescribed in Regulation 12.3.1 of these regulations.
12.4.1 (B) FOR INDUSTRIAL USE
Maximum permissible built-up area on any floor including the ground floor shall be 50% of the plot area.
i) There shall be clear minimum distance of 6.0 Mts. between two detached structures for plots of more than
1000 sq.mts. and 4.5 mts. for plots admeasuring upto 1000 sq.mts.
ii) 6 meters clear minimum margins shall be kept along the periphery of the plot used for industrial use like mills,
godown, warehouses, service station with petrol pumps, motor repair garage and a building unit of 1000
sq.mts. or more to be used for industrial use. For building units less than 1000 sq.mts. used for industrial use,
the minimum margins shall be 4.5 mts
However, the minimum roadside margin on roads 18 mts. wide and above shall not be less than the margin
prescribed in regulation No. 12.4.1.
iii) In case of G.I.D.C. estate, the regulations of G.I.D.C. if in force, shall prevail over regulation no.12.4.1(B)
however the minimum margin on roadside shall not be less than margin prescribed under regulation 12.4.1
(B).
iv) A chowkidar cabin to the extent of 10 sq. mt. Floor area in the case of plot having area not exceeding 1000 sq.
mt. And 15 sq. mt. In the case of plot having area 1000 sq. mt. Or more in area may be allowed to be
constructed within the margin area near the entrance gate providing entrance to the plot further 4.5 mt. Clear
drive must be kept open to sky on all side of the factory building for fire safety purpose.
12.4.1 (C) PERMISSIBLE BUILT-UP AREA IN MARGIN
(i) Not withstanding anything contained in these regulations, construction such as w.c., bathroom, servant
quarter, and parking garage shall be permitted in one of the corners of a rear marginal space of an individual
or semidetached residential building unit (except ownership flats/tenements) subject to following conditions:
(1) The maximum permissible area of construction shall be 16.50 sq.mts. may be allowed for servant's
quarter, bath-room w.c. or closed parking having maximum dimensions 5.5 mt. x 3.00 mt.
(2) The maximum height of construction shall be 3.0 mts. with maximum plinth of 30 cms.
(3) No First Floor shall be permitted over such a construction.
(4) It shall be exclusively used for any residential use such as W.C., bath room, servant quarters and for
parking garage etc.
56
(5) It shall be considered towards calculation of maximum permissible built-up area and floor space index
of the building unit.
(6) The location of the said construction can be alternatively permitted from the rear corner up to a
maximum distance of half the length of the side.
(7) Openings, doors, windows and any type of projections shall not be permitted over looking adjoining
property. The slope of the roof of such structure shall be towards the inner side of the same building unit
and away from the adjoining building unit.
(8) In tenement type of buildings if the side margin between two tenements is 6.0 mts or more an over
hanging porch of maximum size 15 sq. mt.; with clear height not more than 3.0 mtrs. From ground level
open from three sides, shall be permitted.
(ii) Not withstanding anything contained in this regulations, construction of security room to the extent of
15.00 sq.mt. shall be permitted (includes transformer room, meter room & toilet)
Provided that such construction shall be permitted attached to the entrance gate to the plot only, with
maximum height of 2.4 mts. from ground level and shall not be less than 4.5 meters from the building.
The area of such construction shall not be considered towards calculations of permissible built-up area
and floor space index (F.S.I.).
12.4.1 (D) RESTRICTION ON DEVELOPMENT IN MARGIN
i. The marginal open spaces as provided in the above sub-clauses shall be kept permanently open at
ground level and they shall not be used for stocking materials or loose articles for the purpose of trade or
otherwise not shall they be used for putting up fixed or movable platforms, over hanging or any other
encroachments of any kind provided that decorative advertisements boards or neon sign boards may
be permitted in 4.5 mts. margin of a building unit abutting on roads having width of 18.0 mts. or more
with prior permission of the Competent Authority and such approval shall not be given for a maximum
period of three years. The sunk-in-lower ground floor or semi-basement or basement shall not be
provided in marginal space. The boundary of the plot shall have to be demarcated by at least 0.6 mt.
parapet / compound wall / railing.
Provided further that underground water tank, a surface water tank upto 1.5 Mts. in height from ground
level, well, a tubewell and a pump-room as directed by appropriate authority with maximum size of 1.5
meters x 1.5 meters with a height not more than 1.8 meters shall be permitted except road side margin
of a building unit.
ii. The plot level may be permitted to be raised upto plinth level in cases of Building Units other than
tenement buildings, ownership tenement flats, industrial and commercial units.
12.4.1. (E) PROJECTION IN MARGINS
i. In any marginal open space, weather sheds projections shall be permitted upto 0.60 Mts. at the height
of 2.0 Mts. from the floor level. But not in continuation with floor slab. However it shall not be allowed to
be covered in any case so as to add to the usable floor area.
ii. In case of detached and semi-detached residential dwelling building unit 1.00 mt. wide open cantilever
stair with maximum 2.00 mts. landing space at floor level shall be permitted in the 3.00 mts. and above
marginal space except road side margin.
iii. (a) In a marginal spaces of 3 meters or more in width, overhanging balcony above 2.40 mts. from the
plot level with maximum width of 1.20 mts. shall be permitted.
(b) In a marginal space of 3 meters of more in width cantilever stair projection of maximum 90 cms.
Width and attached to a building with other side open and with a parapet or railing 90 cms. High
shall be permitted.
(c) In any marginal open space, chhaja, weather shades, hood, sun breaker and architectural
projections shall be permitted to project upto 0.6 mts. at the height of 2.4 mt. From the plot level.
However, it shall not be allowed to be covered in any case so as to add to the usable floor area.
(d) In tenement type building projection of 0.9 mts. width at the height not less than 2.4 mts. shall be
permitted in a marginal space of 4.5 mts. between two buildings such that the clear distance of
2.70 mts. shall be maintained throughout.
(e) in lay out type building projection of 0.9 mt width at the height not less then 2.4 mt shall be
permitted is a marginal space of 4.5 mt, between two building such that the clear distance of 2.70
57
mt. Shall be maintained throughout.
(f) On the approach road 0.6 mt balcony and weather board projections will be permitted, step Shall
not be permitted on approach road.
(g) A canopy / cantilever slab projections in margin Shall be permitted in such a way that minimum
space of 2.3 mt, road side margin and minimum 1.8 mt, side margin is left over. The land under this
canopy shall not be allowed to be raised above ground level. This canopy Shall be erected at least
2.4 mt above the ground level.
12.4.1 (F) MARGINS FROM COMMON PLOT
i. 3.00 mts. shall be required in case of low-rise building.
ii. 6.0 or 0.2H which ever is more shall be required in case of high-rise building.
12.5 OPEN SPACE
12.5.1 Open Air Space
(a) Every such interior or exterior open air space shall not be less than the width prescribed in the following scale
and may be provided at the plinth level or at the floor level of every such room. Linear interpolation from a
height not specified herein will be permitted.
Minimum width of open Where height of building (above plinth

air Space throughout adjoining The open air space) does not
(MTS) exceeds (MTS)
3 7
4 10
5 13
6 16
7 20
8 24
9 30
(a) Every such interior or exterior open air space unless the latter is a street, shall be maintained for the benefit of
such building exclusively and shall be entirely within the owner's own premises.
(b) For the purpose of the above bye-laws, the depth of the room shall not be more than three times the width of
the room which abuts on the air space.
12.5.2 WATER CLOSET AND BATHROOM
In case of water closet, bath room and sanitary blocks, the open air space shall be provided as under :
At least one of the walls of a water closet or bath room or sanitary block shall have a opening of minimum 0.25
sq.mt. upon a minimum 0.9 Mts. wide open space or upon a verandah not less than 1.5 Mts. wide opening to air on
one side.
12.5.3 OPEN SPACE TO BE OPEN TO SKY
Every open space whether exterior or interior, provided in pursuance of any regulations, bye-laws or under an
agreement lodged with the Competent Authority shall be kept free from any erection thereon and shall be kept
open to sky. Every such space or chowk shall have suitable and sufficient access. No open drain, except for rain
water, shall be constructed in any open space required by these regulations.
No construction work of a building shall be allowed if such work operates to reduce an open air space of any other
adjoining building belonging to the same owner to an extent less than what is prescribed by any of these
regulations in force at the time of the proposed work to further reduce such open space if it is already less than
what is prescribed.
58
12.6 DEVELOPMENT OF BUILDING UNIT IN EXISTING CHAWLS
Subject to the following conditions, owners of individual rooms of existing authorized chawls may be permitted to
make alterations or to construct additional floors :
1) Additional built-up area on ground floor shall not be permitted, if it exceeds the permissible built-up area
on ground floor as prescribed under regulation for tenement type construction.
2) Open space for common plot and approached as required under tenement type construction shall be
maintained.
3) Subject to other regulation adequate ventilation, owners of individual rooms may construct two
additional floors over the ground floor.
4) Individual owners shall have to provide water closet and bathrooms.
5) While permitting first floor or the second floor, no objection shall be taken regarding F.S.I., built-up area
and number of tenements in regard to the existing ground floor constructions.
12.7 DEVELOPMENT OF BUILDING UNIT IN EXISTING DETACHED AND SEMI-DETACHED DWELLING UNIT.
In case of approved individual detached and/or semi-detached existing dwelling unit the extension of permissible
upper floors may be permitted as per sanctioned margin stair case and projection shall be permitted for
permissible upper floors.
59
13. COMPOUND WALLS AND GATES

13.1 Detailed drawings of gates and boundary walls shall be submitted along with the
application for development permission.
13.2 No cactus hedge shall be allowed along the boundaries of a plot in any portion of the
development area.
13.3 A road side compound wall not exceeding 1.5 mts. in height from the crown of the road shall
be permitted while on the other side along the boundary of the building unit, the maximum
height of the compound wall shall be 1.8 mts. only. A compound gate shall not be
constructed or permitted on the curvature of the compound wall at the junction of the roads.
Provided that in the case of building units having area of more than 2000 sq.mts. gate-pillar
(hollow) to an extent of 1:44 sq.mts. internal area may be allowed up to the height of 2.4
mts.
Provided further that in the case of plots at the junction of streets, no boundary wall below
the fence grill (with at least 50% perforation) facing the streets shall be raised to the height
more than 0.8 Mt. from the kerb for a length of 9 Mts. from the junction of the streets.
13.4 Except on the junction of the roads where heights shall be prescribed as per standard
design of a compound wall approved by the Competent Authority. In case of mills, buildings
of competent Authority, Municipality and Government, the Authority may allow the
compound wall to be raised to a height not exceeding 3 Mts. from the crown of the road in
front and on sides.
13.5 No partition wall shall be allowed anywhere in the margins of building unit.
Provided that a partition wall upto 1.5 Mts. height shall be permitted on common boundary
of semi-detached building and marginal distances between two structures.
13.6 The plots of active burial-grounds and crematorium abutting on the main road in residential
locality shall be provided by the owners with a compound-wall having a height not less than
1.5 Mts. from the crown of the road in front.
13.7 No gates of compound wall shall open outward and shall be provided with a contrivance
which shall prevent the gate from opening outward on the foot-path or road.
13.8 The entry or exit to the plot situated on the junction of the roads having a width of 12 meters
or more shall be located at least 15 meters away from the corner point of the plot on such
junctions.
If the length of a side in such a plot is less than what is prescribed above, such entry or exit
shall be provided at the farthest end of the plot from the junction.
60
14.A DISTANCE FROM WATER COURSE

No development whatsoever, whether by filling or otherwise shall be carried out within 30
Mts. from the boundary of the bank of the river and where there is no river embankment,
and within 15 Mts. such distance as may be prescribed under any other general or specific
orders of Government and appropriate Authority whichever is more, from river where there
is river embankment but in case of kans, nala, canal, talav, lake, water-bodies etc. it shall be
9.00 mts.
Provided that where a water course passes through a low lying land without any well
defined bank, the applicant may be permitted by the Competent Authority to restrict or
direct the water courses to an alignment and cross section determined by the Competent
Authority.
14.B DISTANCE FROM NALIA ROAD
In case of land abutting on nalia road the minimum distance from the center of the nalia
road shall be 4.5 mts or the actual width of the nalia road which ever is higher, shall be kept
as a part of the road.
Appropriate margin as per other regulation applicable should be left beyound this distance
left.
14.C LPG/CNG filling station shall be permitted in all Residential Zone-1 & 2 & 3, Ganeral
Commercial Zone, Local Commercial Zone, Non obnoxious Industrial Zone, Obnoxious
Industrial Zone, Agriculture Zone, Nodes defined in clause no. 2.56(i) to (v).
14.D SET BACK
The Set back as mentioned table below from central line of relevant existing road shall
be provided where regular line of road.
Sr. No Road Distance from the

centreline
1 From Chhani GSFC to Jambuva byepass 20.0 mtr
2 From Pratapnagar road to end of Yamuna mill 18.0 mtr
3 From Genda Circle upto Vadodara branch canal via 18.0 mtr
bapu ni dargah
4 From Tersali bus stand upto national highway 15.0 mtr
5. From Bird Circle to Jetalpur under pass 12.00 mtr
NOTE :
i) The land left open as set back shall be deemed to be part of the street.
ii) The competent authority may permit the F.S.I of any plot or a building unit on
the basis of its original area, if the owner of such a land is prepared to release the
effected land by road widening or for construction of new road without claiming
any compensation thereof.
61
15. DEVELOPMENT OF LOW COST HOUSING

SCOPE :
These regulations shall be applicable to development of schemes for socially and
economically backward class of people for economically weaker section of the society and
for low cost housing only undertaken by public agencies, co-operative societies
Government or Semi-Government bodies, Registered Developers.
15.1 PLANNING :
The type of development for housing for socially and economically backward class of
people and for low cost housing, block development as group housing.
i) The maximum permissible density in Dwelling shall be 225 dwelling per hector.
ii) The minimum and the maximum plot size shall be between 18 sq.mts. and 40
sq.mts. respectively with built up area not exceeding 70% of the plot area leaving
front as well as rear margin of 1.5 mts.
iii) The minimum frontage of plot shall be 3.0 mts. in width.
iv) At every 20 such continuous plots 2.0 mts. wide space open to sky shall be
provided.
v) The maximum numbers of stories in a building construction on the plot shall be
ground plus one upper storey only.
vi) Common plot at the rate of 10% percent of the area of the plot / land developed
shall be provided for open space / community open space which shall be exclusive
of approach roads, path ways, or margins.
15.2 GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS :
(1) The minimum height of the plinth shall be 30 cms. from the top surface of approach
road or path way.
(2) The maximum floor space index permissible shall be 1.8.
(3) (a) The size of living room, bed room shall not be less than 8 sq.mts. with
minimum width of 2.4 mts.
(a) i. Size of independent bath-room & w.c. shall be .9 sq.mts. with
minimum width of .9 mts.
ii. Size of combined bath room and w.c. shall be 1.8 sq.mts. with
minimum width of 1.0mts.
(4) (i) The minimum height of room shall be as under :-
Living room : 2.4 mts.
Kitchen room : 2.4 mts.
Bath / W. C. : 2.1 mts.
Corridor : 2.1 mts.
(ii) In case of the slopping roof the average height of the roof shall be 2.1 mts.
and the minimum height of the caves shall be 2.4 mts.
62
(iii) The minimum slopes of the slopping roof, shall be 30` for G.I. sheets,
asbestos sheets or tiled roof while for R.C.C. slopping roof, the minimum
slop shall be 12`.
(5) The opening through windows, ventilators and other opening for light and
ventilation shall be as under :
i) One tenth of the room floor area.
ii) For w.c. and bath not less than 0.2 sq.mts.
The width of stair case shall be 0.75 mts. minimum the maximum height of the
riser shall be 20 cms.
The minimum width of the tread shall be 22.5 cms. The minimum clear head
roof of the stair case shall be 2.10 mts.
iii) There shall be one staircase for every 12 (twelve) dwelling units or part
thereof.
15.3 ROADS AND PATH WAYS :
i) The area under the roads and pathways in such housing project shall normally not
exceed 20 percent of the total area of the project.
ii) Access to the dwelling units where motorised vehicles are not normally expected
shall be by means of paved foot paths with right of way of 6 mts. and pathways of 2
mts. only. The right of way shall be adequate to allow for plying of emergency
vehicles and also for side drains and plantation.
iii) Where motor able access ways are not provided and pedestrian path ways are
provided the minimum width of such path way shall be 4.0 mts. which shall not
exceed 50 mts. in length.
15.4 MINIMUM REQUIRED : ACCOMMODATION
i) The minimum accommodation provided in every building unit shall be one living
room and a w.c. where there is a drainage system, the agency developing the area
shall install and maintain the internal drainage system, where there is no drainage
system the individual soak-pit shall be provided as per provision of National
Building Code.
ii) The loft if provided in the room shall not cover more than 30% of the floor area of
the room.
15.5 STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS:
i) Load bearing walls of the building shall be of Brick stone or pre cast block in any
mortar, in the case of R.C.C. framed structure or wooden framed structure filler
walls may be of suitable local materials.
ii) Roof of the building shall be of galvanized iron sheets, asbestos sheet, tiles roof or
R.C.C. roof in the case of upper storied buildings middle floor shall be of wooden or
R.C.C. and rest as per choice.
iii) Doors and windows of building shall be of any material.
iv) Rest of the work of building shall be as per locally available resources and as per
choice.
v) For structural safety and services clause 17.23 shall be applicable.
63
16. PROVISIONS FOR SPECIAL DEVELOPMENTS
16.1 REGULATION FOR EXISTING SLUM REDEVELOPMENT REHABILITATION

SCHEMES ON SELF FINANCING BASIS:
16.1.1 DEFINITION OF SLUM:
Slum means an Area which contains sheds, Huts constructed Principally of wood, mud,
leaves, grass, cloth or thatch and includes any temporary structures of whatever size and
any small building of whatever material made, intended primarily for human habitation.
16.1.2 REDEVELOPMENT/REHABILITATION OF EXISTING SLUM:
These regulations shall apply to all building unit/lands/plots or part/portion of building
units/lands/ plots on which slums are existing as per the 1991 census as the case may be
and/or plots being processed for slum up-gradation, redevelopment, rehabilitation.
(1) Redevelopment of building units/lands/plots on which slums are existing as per the
latest census shall be permitted for the rehabilitation of the slum dwellers through
the owner of such land or their authorised agents/developers as approved by the
Competent Authority by permitting redevelopment for slum dwellers.
(2) All eligible slum dwellers residing on the building unit/land/plot to be redeveloped
shall have to be accommodated on the same plot.
(3) DP/TP Roads abutting such building unit/plots may also be cleared of existing
slums by owners of such land by providing them accommodation in the scheme.
(4) In any such scheme, area of existing commercial user shall be permitted.
(5) The names of all eligible slum dwellers shall be duly certified by the competent
authority.
(6) Each hutment dweller personally (or his legal heir) residing as per record in latest
census shall get the benefit of rehabilitation.
(7) The owners/authorised developer shall organize all the eligible hutment dwellers
into a Registered Co-op. Housing Society/or an Registered Association.
(8) The owners/authorised developers shall grant a unit of minimum built-up area of
20 sq.mts. subject to minimum 14.00 sq.mts. carpet area only in Low-Rise
Buildings to each of the eligible slum dweller.
(9) The 14.00 sq.mts. carpet area of the dwelling unit shall includes a multipurpose
room cooking space, and a w.c., but shall not include common areas, such as
stairs passages etc. The rehabilitation unit shall be completed with water supply,
drainage and electricity.
(10) The permissible F.S.I. for the remaining plot shall be on the basis of Gross Building
Unit/ Plot/Land area with addition F.S.I. of 0.50 of the F.S.I. consumed for eligible
slum dwellers.
(11) Allotment and administration by lot system of new unit to all eligible slum dwellers,
beneficiaries shall be done by the owner/developer/authorised agent.
(12) If in case it is necessary to shift some or all hutment dwellers to necessitate the new
construction, transit accommodation facility shall be offered by the
owners/authorised developer at his cost and the occupants shall have vacate the
slums and shall have move to the transit accommodation.
64
(13) The owners/authorised developers shall prepare a subdivision-layout plan for the
entire land occupied by the hutment dwellers, distinctly showing on the plan
accommodation/ building for eligible hutment/slum dwellers and
accommodation/buildings for commercial sale and submit plans and other
documents as may necessary to enable the competent authority to approve the
subdivision plans and building plans for both.
(14) The owners/authorised developers shall transfer the absolute ownership rights
free from all encumbrance of proposed construction of rehabilitation unit including
their absolute rights in the part of land set apart for the rehabilitation to a registered
co-op Housing Society/Association of Slum, Hutment dwellers without any
consideration. The owner / authorised developer shall have absolute rights of
ownership of balance land and shall be entitled to develop such balance land.
(15) Possession and ownership of newly constructed unit for slum dweller under
rehabilitation, rehabilitation scheme shall be given only, after the hutment dweller
has relinquished all the rights in original hut and the land bellow it, as well as has
peacefully handed over the possession of transit facility and paid all the dues.
Each hutment dweller shall thus become virtual owner of his allotted dwelling unit
through his membership of Co-op. Society / Association.
(16) The allottee who has been given the rehabilitation unit shall not alienate the unit or
transfer it to anybody else (except the legal heirs) for a period of ten years from the
date of taking over possession without prior permission of competent authority.
(17) The Co-op. Housing Society/Association of the hutment dwellers at their cost shall
manage and maintain the common facilities and amenities provided within the
area transferred to the society/association and also shall be responsible for
maintaining common amenity and services and also pay the Govt. and Municipal
Taxes, applicable from time to time.
(18) The possession of the dwelling units in remaining building unit land shall be
permitted only after the completion and handing over the possession of
rehabilitation dwelling units to all eligible slum dwellers.
(19) The above regulations shall be subject to all other regulations of the GDCR and
development plan and in case of any conflict between the above regulations and
that of the GDCR and/or the Development Plan, the latter shall prevail.
(20) In case of slum rehabilitation project, eligible slum dwellers agree upon to
rehabilitate in other building unit/land, the complete project shall have to be
approved by the Variance Committee
16.2 DEVELOPMENT IN PLOTS RESERVED FOR PARKING, MULTI PURPOSE (M.P.),
TRONSPORT NODE (T.N ), & REDEVELOPMENT ( R.D), DEVELOPMENTPLAN OF T.P.
SCHEME.
MULTI PURPOSE USE: -
Means use related to health, education. Communication, safety, social and
cultural, recreational Public utility, and services, along with their additional had related
activities, allied activities like housing commercial and service activities including
institutional uses.
TRANSPORT NODE :-
Transport nodes shall include Transport and allied activities as predominant
activities where as residential, commercial and other allied activities needed for the
transport activities shall be permissible in the quantum as may be decided by the
competent Authority,
65
16.3 GROUP HOUSING

Group housing having 10 or more than 10 dwelling units having maximum built up area up
to 50.00 sq.mts. of each dwelling unit shall be permissible subject to the following
provisions :
i) Only ground plus two floor structure without hollow plinth.
ii) Minimum size of building unit 4000 sq.mts.
iii) Road side margins shall be as per these regulations other than road side margin
shall be 2.25 mts. Distance between two buildings shall be 4.5 mts.
iv) Maximum height of the building shall be 10 mts.
v) Maximum permissible built up area shall be 60%.
vi) Sub division of common plot may be allowed by the competent authority with no
side less than 10.50 mt. of such sub divided common plot. Margin from the
common plot shall be minimum of 2.0 mts. One common plot of minimum of 300
sq.mts. shall be provided.
vii) The minimum one approach road shall be provided as per the regulation no. 10.4
and or as decided by competent authority. Other internal width of the road shall be
2.4 meters.
66
17. GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS

17.1 ELEVATORS (LIFTS)
Lift shall be provided in all building as prescribed hereunder :
i) In case of building having height more than 13 mts. lift shall be provided.
ii) Lift shall be provided at the rate of one lift for 20 tenements of all the floors or part
thereof for residential buildings and at the rate of one lift per 1000.00 sq.mts. part
thereof of built-up area for non-residential buildings.
The tenement and built-up area on ground floor and two upper floors shall be
excluded in computing the above requirement.
Lift shall be provided from ground floor and shall have minimum capacity of six
persons. On the basis of detailed calculations based on the relevant provisions of
National Building Code, the number of lifts can be varied.
Provided that if the number of floor does not exceed three floors, excluding the
ground floor, the lift may not be provided.
iii) Notwithstanding anything contained in the Development Control Regulations in
case of building with 21 meters or more in height, at least two lifts shall be provided.
17.2 FIRE PROTECTIONS :
In case of high rise building, the following provision shall be made for safety of buildings
from fire :-
i) In addition to the requirement under Regulation No. 17.1 at least one lift designed
as fire-lift as defined in the National Building Code shall be installed.
ii) At least one stair-case shall be provided as a fire staircase as defined in the
National Building Code/Provided that this shall not be applicable if any two sides of
a staircase are kept totally open to external open air space.
iii) Water supply: Underground tank of the capacity of one lakh liters and two lakh
liters for the building situated within the municipal limit and outside of the municipal
limit respectively be invariably provided in all the high rise buildings. Water in the
normal use tank should come only through the overflow of fire tank so provided.
iv) In high rise buildings, the internal fire hydrants shall be installed as provided in the
National Building Code or as prescribed in the Indian Standard Code of practice for
installation of internal fire hydrants in high rise buildings. The detailed plan
showing the arrangement of pipe lines, booster pumps and water-tanks at various
level's shall be submitted for approval of the concerned authority along with the
plans and sections of the buildings.
v) In case of high rise buildings, an external fire hydrant shall be provided within the
confines of the site of the building and shall be connected with Municipal Water
mains not less than 4” in diameter. In addition, fire hydrant shall be connected with
Booster Pump from the static supply maintained on site.
vi) In case of high rise buildings separate electric circuits for lift installation, lighting of
passages, corridors and stairs and for internal fire hydrant system shall be
provided.
67
vii) All the requirements under the above regulations/shall be clearly indicated on
plans duly signed by the owner and the person who has prepared the plans. The
Competent Authority may direct the owner to submit such further drawings as may
be necessary, to clarify the implementation of the provisions of the above
regulations.
viii) Every building having a height of more than 25 mts. shall be provided with diesel
generators which can be utilized in case of failure of the electricity.
ix) The standard of National Building Code must be adopted fully in providing stair-
case and alarm system.
x) There should be provisions of dry powder Fire extinguisher to the extent of two on
each floor with a capacity of five Kgs. In all the High rise Buildings.
17.3 SAFETY OF BUILDING :
(1) All external walls shall be minimum 23 cms. thick of any kind of material.
(2) The thickness of the load bearing walls in the case of masonry walled building shall
be as under :
Building with Thickness of walls

On G.F. On F.F. On S.F. On T.F.
(i) Ground + One Floor 23 cm 23 cm
(ii) Ground + Two Floors 23 cm 23 cm 23 cm
(iii) Ground + Three Floors 35 cm 23 cm 23 cm 23 cm
In case of cellars the external wall shall be of R.C.C. and it shall have minimum
thickness of 23 cms. or 45 cms. brickwork in case of brickwork.
(3) Subject to any of the above regulations every person who undertakes construction
of a building and/or who designs the structural member of the building shall comply
with the provisions of National Building Code prevailing at the relevant time or the
provisions of the Indian Standard Specifications published from time to time.
(4) Every person who undertake the construction work on a building or directs or
supervises such works shall be responsible and shall ensure use of sound and
good quality building materials, properly put together for optimum safety. He shall
be liable for all consequences arising out of breach of this regulations.
17.4 PLINTH :
Provided that the ground floor of a building may be permitted on stilts/pillars instead of a
solid plinth with a clear height of 2.4 mts. in case of slabs with beams height should not
exceed 2.8 mts. and further that this space shall at all times be kept free from any enclosure
except for genuine stair case. Every habitable rooms shall have minimum plinth height of
0.90 mt. from ground level.
Provided that in case of habitable room the plinth level shall not be lower than highest flood
level or as may be decided by the competent authority.
68
Provided further that a electric meter room, room for telephone D.B.; bath-room, water-
room, stair-case room, pump room, water closet, servant room, security cabin may be
allowed with a minimum plinth of 30 cms. and that the parking garage may have no plinth.
In all case including the ground floor is on stilts/pillars provisions of regulation no.17.23
shall be followed.
17.5 CELLAR :
In a building unit, the cellar may be permitted on the following conditions :
i) Area and extent : The total area of any cellar (basement) shall not exceed twice the
plinth area of the building, or the area of the plot whichever is less. It may be in one
level or two. No cellar shall be permitted in the required minimum marginal space.
ii) Height of the cellar shall not be less than 2.8 mts. clear from top of the flooring to
the bottom of the lowest structural member. The maximum depth of basement
shall be 2.5 mts. below ground level. The maximum height of the cellar shall not be
more than 3 mts.
iii) Clear width of the stair leading to the cellar shall not be less than the width of the
regular staircase leading to upper floors.
iv) No stairs to be constructed under these regulations shall consist of any wooden
material.
v) Adequate opening for ventilation should be provided as directed by Competent
Authority. The materials of the construction and fixtures of the cellar should be of
fire resisting nature and in no case, wood shall be used as structural part of the
cellar or any fixtures thereof. The extent of ventilation shall be the same as
required by the particular occupancy for which the basement is used. Any
deficiency must be made good by resort to a mechanical system, viz. Blowers,
exhaust fans, air conditioning system, according to the standards in Part VIII
Building Services, Section-I Lighting and Ventilation, National Building Code.
vi) No water connection or drainage connection shall be permitted in the cellar.
vii) In no case cellar shall be permitted to be connected with normal drainage line.
viii) Uses permitted: parking, safe deposit vault, A.C.Plant..
ix) In genuine requirement of parking, the competent authority may permit the second
cellar if the parking space available at ground level and in first cellar is not
sufficient, for the reasons stated in writing.
17.6 HEIGHT OF FLOORS:
Minimum height of floors in building at any point shall be 2.8 mts. for residential and
commercial uses and 3 meters or as per Factory Act or other relevant Act in case ground
floor and upper-floors in a building used for offices for ancillary uses of factories,
workshops, godowns and other industrial purposes.
Provided that in case of folded roof the minimum height of 3.0 mts shall be measured from
the lowest point of the fold.
Provided that in case of gabled or slopping roof the minimum height below the lowest part of
roof, shall not be less than 2.2 mts. and an average height of the rooms shall not be less
than the minimum prescribed here above.
69
Provided further that in case of trussed-roof, the minimum height shall be measured from
the pavement to bottom of the tie beam.
Provided that for verandah, bathroom, w.c., passages, puja room, store room, stair cabin,
minimum height of 2.00 mts.
17.7 LOFT :
The loft at a minimum height of 2 mts. from floor level not exceeding 30% floor area of the
room may be allowed in any room.
17.8 STAIRS, LIFTS, LOBBIES AND CORRIDOR :
The width of lobbies or corridors in building shall be as under :
(a) (i) In case of residential and non-residential building except individual detached
building minimum clear width of corridor shall be as under :
Length of Corridor (in mts.) Width of Corridor

Residential Non-Residential
Upto 6 1.0 1.2
Upto 9 1.2 1.5
Upto 15 1.2 2.0
Above 15 1.5 2.5
NOTE :
i) For every additional 9.00 mts. length or part there of the width of corridor
shall be increased by 0.30 mts. upto a maximum of 3.00 mts.
ii) In case of starred hotels, the width of the corridor shall be as per the
authorized standards of the starred hotels.
(b) In case of residential buildings, except dwelling unit occupied by single family to be
constructed upto three floors excluding the ground floor, the clear width of the
common stair shall not be less than 1.2 mts.
(c) In case of all non-residential and high-rise residential buildings, the clear width of
stair and lending exclusive of parapet shall not be less than 1.5 mts.
(d) Minimum stair width for more than 6 tenements on each floor shall be 1.5 mts.
(e) The stair-case & lifts (elevators) shall be so located that it shall be within accessible
distance of not more than 25 mts. from any entrance of tenement or an office
provided on each floor.
(f) The design of the lift & stair along with the tread and riser shall comply with the
provisions of the National Building Code for that class of building.
(g) No winders shall be allowed except in case of individual dwelling unit.
70
17.9 SANITARY ACCOMMODATION:

All the buildings when erected or re-erected from foundation or when additions to the floors
are made shall be provided with minimum sanitary accommodation.
(a) In the case of use of building as office and public building except cinemas,
theaters, meetings and lecture halls, minimum sanitary facilities should be
provided as under:
i) Every office building or public building shall be provided with at least one water
closet.
ii) Water closets shall be provided for each sex and the number of such water
closets for each sex shall in every case be based upon the maximum number
likely to occupy such building at any one time.
iii) One urinal shall be provided for every 25 males or part thereof and one water
closet for every 25 females or part thereof upto 100 persons. For any number
exceeding 100, one urinal for every 50 persons shall be provided.
iv) There shall be provided one water-closet for every 50 persons of each sex or
part thereof upto 500 persons and for excess over 500, one water closet for
every 100 persons of each sex or part thereof shall be provided. However, if
the total number of employees in such building or the number of persons likely
to use such building does not exceed 20, one water closet each for both sexes
shall be sufficient and no urinal may be provided.
v) The building shall be deemed to be occupied by persons or employees at the
rate of one per every 5 square meters of the floor area and sanitary facilities
shall be provided according to the number of employees or occupants so
worked out.
vi) Such water-closet and urinals shall be in an accessible location and shall be
provided with signs plainly indicating their purposes and the sex for which they
are meant.
vii) For all type of buildings only BIS (Bureau of Indian Standards) approved flash
shall be used.
(b) Industrial Buildings and Warehouses :
All types of industrial buildings shall be provided with minimum sanitary facilities as
under :-
i) Every such building shall be provided with at least one water closet or privy.
ii) Water closet or privies shall be provided for each sex and number of such
closets or privies for each sex shall in every case be based upon the maximum
number or persons of that sex employed in occupying such building.
iii) Water-closet or privy accommodation shall be provided in every W.C. on the
following scale :
Where females are employed there shall be at least one water closet or one
privy for every 25 females. Where males are employed, there shall be at least
one water closet or one privy for every 25 males.
71
Provided that where the number of males employed exceed 100, it shall be
sufficient if there is one water closet or one privy for every 25 males upto the
first 100, and one water closet or one privy for every 50 thereafter.
In calculating the number of water closets or privies required under these
regulations any number of workers less than 25 or 50, as the case may be shall
be reckoned as 25 or 50 and the number of workers to be considered shall be
the maximum number employed at any one time during the day.
iv) In every such factory there shall be provided one urinal for every 100 persons
of each sex or any less number thereof.
v) In every such factory there shall be provided one washing place of 3.6 square
meters in area with sufficient number of taps as per standards laid down by
rules in respect of factories.
vi) In every building of the ware-house class there shall be provided one water
closet for every 50 males or any less number thereof and one water closet for
every 50 females or any less number thereof and one water closet for every 50
females or any less number thereof. There after water closet shall be provided
at the rate of one closet for every 70 persons.
vii) In every building of the warehouse class, there shall be provided one urinal for
every 100 persons of each sex or any less number thereof.
viii) For the purpose of determining the number of water-closet and urinals each
30 sq.mts. of the gross floor space of such building shall be deemed to be
occupied by one person.
ix) Such water-closet and urinals shall be accessible in location and shall be
provided with signs plainly indicating their purpose and the sex for which they
are meant.
(c) Educational Buildings :
Any building used for educational purpose shall be provided with minimum
sanitary facilities as follows :-
i) Subject to minimum provisions of two water-closets and five urinals, there
shall be one water-closet and four urinals for every 200 students or part
thereof.
ii) Competent Authority may enforce the distribution of the above sanitary
facilities to be provided at each floor of the building.
iii) The building shall be deemed to be occupied by students at the rate of one
student per every 1.00 sq.mt. of the floor area of all the class-rooms and
sanitary facilities shall be provided according to the number of students so
worked out.
(d) Residential Building or Residential Tenements :
Each residential building or residential tenements shall be provided with at least
one water-closet.
72
17.10 VENTILATION :
(a) Ventilation of Rooms: Every such room whether it is living room or a kitchen shall be
constructed that the same have for the purpose of ventilation.
A window or windows and/or ventilators clear of the such frames, opening directly
into an interior or exterior open air space or into an open verandah or gallery abutting
on such open air spaces having an opening of not less than one tenth of the floor area
of the room of an aggregate opening of doors, windows and ventilators of not less
than one seventh of the floor area of the room.
Such aggregate opening in respect of sitting room, or dining room of three or more
room tenements may be provided either by windows, ventilators or doors, if such
room abut on an open verandah or gallery.
(b) Factories and buildings of the warehouses: Every room in such building shall be
lighted and ventilated by sufficient number of windows, ventilators and sky lights
exclusive of doors having clear opening not less than 1/7th of the floor area abutting
on open air space of width not less than 1/3rd of the height of the part of the building
abutting such open space.
Provided that this requirement may be relaxed if artificial lighting ventilation are
installed to the satisfaction of the competent authority.
(c) Ventilation of stair-case: Every stair case provided under the foregoing clauses shall
be lighted and ventilated to the satisfaction of the Authority from an open air space
not less than 1 sq.mt.
(d) Windows in stair-case Bay: There shall be provided a window or windows of an
aggregate area of at least 1.2 sq. mt. on each storey in such of the wall of the stair-
case room which abuts on such 1 sq.mt. open air space to light and ventilate such
staircase.
(e) Ventilation from the Top and Skylight etc. : Where an open well for light and
ventilation, within the space enclosed by a stairway and its landings, is proposed to
be provided, the least horizontal dimensions of which are equal to two times the
width of the staircase then the requirements of clause(c) and (d) may be dispensed
with provided that there shall be in the roof directly over each such stair well, a
ventilating skylight with provided fixed or movable louvers to the satisfaction of the
Competent Authority. The glazed roof of the skylight shall not be less than 3.7 sq.mts.
in area. No lift or any other fixture shall be erected in such staircase well.
17.11 LOCATION OF OPENINGS :
Every person who undertakes construction work on a building shall so locate every
opening abutting on any open space that the sill of such opening shall not be less than 90
cms. above the level of the floor from which such opening is accessible.
Provided that if such opening is to be constructed flush with floor level its lower portion for a
height of 90 cms. shall be protected by bars or grill or similar other devices to the
satisfaction of the Competent Authority.
17.12 STAIRWAY :
Stairway shall confirm to the following provisions in addition to items (i) to (vii) below. In
addition, in order to satisfy fire fighting requirements any stairway identified as an exit
stairway shall confirm to the requirement stippled in fire protection regulations provided in
these regulations.
73
(i) Width :- The minimum width of a staircase other than a fire escape shall be as
given in Table here under :
TABLE
Minimum width of common Stairway / Corridors for occupancies
Sr. No. Type of Occupancy Minimum width of Staircase /

Stairway / Corridor (in meters)
(1) (2) (3)
1 Residential Building
(a) Low rise 1.2

(b) Hotels and High rise 1.5
2 Educational Building
(a) Upto 24 m. high 1.5

(b) Over 24 m. high 2.0
3 Institutional Buildings (i.e.
hospital)
(a) Upto 10 beds 1.5
(b) Over 10 beds 2.0
4 Assembly Buildings 2.0
5 Mercantile, Business,
Industrial Storage,
Hazardous, Buildings
(a) Low rise 1.5
(b) High rise 2.0
ii) Flight: No flight shall contain more than 12 risers, but in residential buildings, in
narrow plots and in high density housing a single flight staircase may be permitted.
iii) Risers: The maximum height of a riser shall be 19 cm. In a residential building and
16 cm. In any other occupancy. However, on an internal stairway within a dwelling
unit a riser may be 25 cm. High.
iv) Treads: The minimum width of the tread without nosing shall be 25 cm. For
staircase of a residential building, other than fire escapes. In other occupancies
the minimum width of the tread shall be 30 cm. It shall have a non-slippery finish
and shall be maintained in that fashion.
v) Head room: The minimum head room in a passage under the landing in a
staircase under the staircase shall be 2.2 m.
vi) Floor indicator: The number of each floor shall be conspicuously painted in
figures at least 15 cm. Large on the wall facing the flights of a stairway or at such
suitable place as is distinctly visible from the fights.
vii) Hand Rail : Hand rail a minimum height of 0.9 m. from the center of the tread shall
be provided.
74
17.13 RAMPS:
(1) Ramp for pedestrians:
(a) General: The provisions applicable to stairway shall generally apply to
ramps. A ramp in a hospital shall not be less than 2.25 Mts. wide in addition
to satisfy the fire fighting requirements.
(b) Slope: A ramp shall have slope of not more than 1:10, it shall be of non-
slippery material.
(c) Handrail: A handrail shall be provided on both the sides of the ramp.
(2) Ramps for handicapped people: The provision of the ramp with a handrail to
every public building on ground floor only as compulsory for handicapped people,
as per the revised National Building Code.
(3) Ramp for basement or storied parking: For parking spaces in a basement and
upper at least two ramps of adequate width and slope shall be provided preferably
at the opposite and such ramps may be permitted in the side and rear marginal
open spaces, after leaving sufficient space for movement of firefighting
equipments.
17.14 ROOFS:
i) Effective drainage of rain water: The roof a building shall be so constructed or
farmed as to permit effectual drainage of the rain water there from by means of rain
water pipes at the scale of at least one pipe of 10 cm. Diameter for every 40 sq.mt.
of roof area. Such pipes shall be so arranged, jointed and fixed as to ensure that
the rain water is carried away from the building without causing dampness in any
part of the walls or foundations of the building or those of adjacent buildings.
ii) Manner of fixing rain water pipes : Rain water pipes shall be affixed to the
outside of the walls of the building or in recesses or chases cut or formed in such
walls or in such other manner as may be approved by the Competent Authority.
17.15 TERRACE :
Terrace shall be free from partitions of any kind and accessible by a common staircase.
17.16 PARAPET :
Parapet walls and handrails provided on the edges of the roof, terrace, balcony, etc. shall
not be less than 1.15 mts. from the finishing floor level and not more than 1.3 mts. height
above the unfinished floor level. Parapet construction shall be made of material and
design, such that it ensure optimum safety to the user/occupants of the building.
17.17 MOSQUITO – PROOF WATER TANK :
Water storage tank shall be maintained in perfectly mosquito-proof condition, by providing
a properly fitting hinged cover and every tank more than 1.50 mts. in height shall be
provided with a permanently fixed iron ladder to enable inspection by anti-malaria staff.
17.18 REFUSE AREA / DISPOSAL OF SOLID WASTE :
Wherever a property is developed or redeveloped, a space for community-Bin for disposal
of Solid Waste shall be provided in the road-side front marginal open space. The
owners/occupants shall be required to provide the community-Bin with air-tight cover on
top at the standards prescribed as follows :
75
i) The size of community bin (container) shall be calculated at the rate of 10 liters
capacity per tenement/dwelling unit, for Residential use of building; provided that
the maximum capacity of container shall be 80 liters. The numbers of bins shall be
calculated on the basis of total no. of dwelling units / tenements.
ii) The size of community-Bin (container) shall be calculated at the rate of the 20 liters
capacity for each 100 SMT of floor-area, in case of non-residential use of building;
provided that the maximum capacity of container shall be 80 liters. The number of
bins shall be calculated on the basis of total no. of dwelling units / tenements.
iii) Provided that in case of Hospitals, Hotels, Restaurants like uses the disposal of
Solid Waste shall be carried out as per the norms decided by the authority from
time to time.
17.19 DISCHARGE OF RAIN WATER :
No roof or terrace abutting on a public street shall be constructed without providing
sufficient number of down take pipes and such pipes shall be so fixed as to discharge the
rain water at a level not higher than 0.6 meter above the street level.
17.20 CONSERVATION OF ARTIFACTS, STRUCTURES AND PRECINCTS OF HISTORICAL AND/OR
AESTHETICAL AND/OR ARCHITECTURAL AND/OR CULTURAL VALUE (HERITAGE
BUILDING AND HERITAGE PRECINCTS)
No development or redevelopment or change of use or engineering operations or
additions, alterations, repairs, renovations including the painting of building, replacement
of special features or demolition of the whole or part thereof or plastering of heritage
buildings and/or heritage precincts and pols shall be allowed except with the written
permission of the competent authority.
17.21 PROVISION OF LETTER BOX.
In all case of building having more than 2 floors including ground floor a letter boxes for
each separate unit shall be provided at ground floor level in such a way that postman can
easily deliver the posts in them.
17.22 TEMPERORY STRUCTURES :
The concerned authority may grant permission for temporary construction for a period not
exceeding six months at a time in the aggregate not exceeding for a period of three years.
Such a permission may be given by him for the construction of the following namely :-
(i) Structures for protection from the rain or covering of the terraces during the
monsoon only.
(ii) Pandals for fairs, ceremonies, religious function etc.
(iii) Structures for godowns/storage of construction materials within the site.
(iv) Temporary site offices and watchmen chowkies within the site only during the
phase of construction of the main building.
(v) Structures for exhibitions/ circuses etc.
(vi) Structures for storage of machinery, before installation, for factories in industrial
lands within the site.
Provided that temporary construction for structures. etc. mentioned at (iii), (iv) and (vi) may
be permitted to be continued temporarily by the Competent Authority but in any case not
beyond completion of construction of the main structure or building.
76
17.23 INTERNAL WIRING FOR BROADBAND :

All buildings to be constructed as multiple dwelling units/Apartment/Flats/ Commercial
Centre shall be provided by internal wiring ready for broad band and cable connection at a
single point and shall be checked by the Authority at time of issuing of the occupancy
certificate.
77
18. FOR SPECIAL STRUCTURES REGULATIONS

18.1 SPECIAL STRUCTURE
Regulations for Malls, Hyeper shopping, Cinemas, Multiplex with or without Mall, Theaters,
Meeting Halls, Lecture Halls and Town-halls :
In addition to the requirements specified under Building Regulations, the following
regulations shall also be applicable.
(a) Location : The building for malls, multiplexes with or without mall shall be located
directly on a road of 30 mts or more in width and for other uses shall be located
directly on a road of 18 mts. or more in width, either existing or proposed subject to
other regulations.
(b) Open Spaces : In case of above uses, open spaces shall be provided as under:
Front open space of 12 mts. width from the side abutting on the road shall be
provided. Such open spaces may be permitted to be covered up to 6 mts. from the
building line with a projected cantilever structure at a height of not less than 3.00
mts. from the ground level.
Sides and rear open spaces of 6 mts. width shall be provided. In addition to the
above, the Bombay Cinema Rules adopted by the State Govt. for cinemas and
Janta theaters as amended from time to time, will also be applicable.
(c) Minimum Requirements : The following requirement shall be provided.
i) The aggregate area of foyer exclusive of all passages shall be provided at
every sitting-level at the rate of 0.1 sq.mt. per seat at that level, subject to
minimum foyer width of 4.5 mts.
ii) Entry and exit passages of minimum 3 meters width shall be provided.
iii) Water-room and snack-bar shall be provided.
iv) The booking-office shall always be so located that intending purchasers of
tickets have not to queue up in open space.
(d) Plinth : The plinth shall be measured at the foyer level and it shall not be less than
45 cms.
(e) Corridor : No landing, lobby, corridor or passage, not being an internal passage
between and/or across rows of seats, intended for use as an exit; shall be less than
3 meters in width and there shall be no recess or projections in the walls of such
passages or corridors within 1.8 mts. of the ground.
(f) Doors : The auditorium doors shall be provided at the rate of not less than one
door of a dimension of 1.5 meters in width and 2.1 meters in clear height for every
150 seats or part thereof. All outside doors for the use of the public shall be made to
open outwards and in such manner that when opened, they shall not obstruct any
gangway, passage, stairway or landing. These doors shall be provided in such a
way that they open in aisles or cross-aisles provided under these regulations.
(g) Balcony, its height, floor of an auditorium and arrangement of seats:
i) The height of the bottom balcony of the gallery shall not be less than 3
meters from the floor of the auditorium.
ii) The clear distance between the backs of two successive rows shall not be
less than 100 cms. but for seats with rocking backs it may be 90 cms.
78
iii) The minimum width of balcony steps shall be 80 cms. Provided that for the
front and rear steps this distance shall be 90 cms.
iv) The minimum height of the roof or ceiling at the highest steps of the
balcony shall be 3.0 meters and at no place the distance between the
nodding and lowest projection ray shall be less than 2.4 meters.
v) The minimum width of the seat shall be 50 cms. provided that 25 percent
of the total seats may permitted up to the width of 45 cms. to adjust the
staggering of the seats. The width of the seats shall be measured from
centre to centre of hand rails or arm rests.
(h) Aisles : Clear aisles not less than 1.2 meters in width shall be formed at right
angles to the line of seating in such number and manner that no seat shall be more
than 3.8 meters away from any aisles measured in the line of seating. Where all
these aisles do not directly meet the exit doors, cross aisles shall be provided in
such number and manner that no row of seats shall be more than 7 meters away
from cross-aisles. The width of cross aisles shall be 1.2 meters.
Provided further that in computing the number of cross-aisles, the door connecting
the aisles with foyer shall be considered as cross-aisles.
Explanation : The first cross-aisles in such a case shall be provided after the
fourteen rows from the door.
(i) Sanitary Accommodation:
i) Water closet at the rate of one for 100 seats or part thereof and urinals at
the rate of two for 75 seats or part thereof, at each seating level shall be
provided.
ii) One wash-basin for every 200 seats or part thereof shall be provided.
iii) The above conveniences shall be suitably apportioned between two
sexes.
iv) Such water-closet and urinals shall be in accessible location and shall be
provided with signs plainly indicating their purpose and the sex for which
they are meant.
(j) Visibility Requirement:
i) The seat nearest to the screen shall not be nearer than the effective width
of the normal picture (ratio 1:1.33). This distance shall be ¾ in case of
cinema scope and other wide angles techniques and one half in case of 70
mm. presentations.
ii) The elevations of the balcony seats shall be such that line of sight is not
inclined more than 30` to the horizontal.
iii) The seats should preferably be staggered side-ways in relation to those in
front, so that a spectator in any rows is not looking directly over the head of
the person immediately in front of him.
iv) The position and height of the screen shall be regulated in such a way that
the maximum angle of the line of vision from the front seat to the top of the
screen shall not exceed 50.
(k) Ventilation : Every auditorium shall be lighted and ventilated by doors, ventilators
and windows abutting on an interior or exterior open air space which shall not be
79
less than 1/5th of the total floor area provided that if exhaust fans are installed or if
the auditorium is air-conditioned, the requirement of this clause may be suitably
relaxed by competent authority.
(l) Minimum Requirement of Stairs :
i) Except where otherwise provided under these Regulations/bye-laws the
minimum clear width of all the stairs shall be 1.5 mts.
ii) No stair-case shall have a flight of more than 15 steps or less than 3 steps
and width of the landing between such flights shall be of the same width of
the stair-case. The tread of the step shall not be less than 30 cms. The
riser shall not be higher than 10 cms.
iii) No space less than 2.4 mts. in height shall be allowed under the floor of
auditorium.
iv) Except for a double-decker-cinema or theater, the access to the
auditorium from the ground floor, if it is on upper floor or on stilts shall be
provided by not less than three stairs; two of which shall be exit stairs. The
clear width of these next stairs shall not be less than 2 meters.
v) The access to balcony floor from auditorium floor shall be provided by not
less than three stairs, two of which shall be exit stairs.
Provided that if one exit stair is to be provided instead of two, its minimum
width shall be 2.4 mts.
vi) In case of double-decker-cinema or theater :
(a) The access to upper class auditorium from ground floor shall be provided
by at least three stairs out of which two shall be exit stairs with minimum
clear width of 2 mts.
(b) The access to lower class auditorium from ground floor shall be provided
by at least two stairs, one of which shall be exit stair.
(m) No permission shall be given for converting existing air-conditioned cinema
theatre into non-air-conditioned cinema theater.
(n) AIR-CONDITION
The auditorium or the cinema should be air conditioned as per following general
specifications:
1. Temperature range: 720 F to 800 F
2. Change of Air per hour-approximate 10 times.
3. Relative Humidity 50 p.c. to 60 p.c.
4. Fresh air requirements 7.5 C.F.M. per person approximately.
18.2 FIRE PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS
(1) GENERAL : The planning design and construction of any building shall be such
as to ensure safety from fire. For this purpose, unless otherwise specified in these
Regulations, the provisions of Part IV : Fire Protection Chapter, National Building
Code, shall apply. For multi-storied, high-rise and special building, additional
provisions relating to fire protection shall also apply. The approach to the building
and open spaces on all sides upto 6 m. width and their layout shall confirm to the
requirements of the Chief Fire Officer. They shall be capable of taking the weight of
80
a fire engine weighing upto 18 tones. These open spaces shall be free of any
obstruction and shall be motor able.
(2) EXISTS : Every building meant for human occupancy shall be provided with exists
sufficient to permit safe escape of its occupants in case of fire or other emergency
for which the exists shall confirm to the following :
i) TYPES : Exits should be horizontal or vertical. A horizontal exit may be a
door-way a corridor, a passage-way to an internal or external stairway or
to an adjoining building, a ramp, a verandah or a terrace which has access
to the street or to the roof of a building. A vertical exit may be a staircase or
a ramp, but not a lift.
ii) GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Exits from all the part of the building,
except those not accessible for general public use, shall –
(a) Provide continuous egress to the exterior of the building or to an
exterior open space leading to the street;
(b) Be so arranged that, except in a residential building, they can be
reached without having to cross another occupied unit;
(c) Be free of obstruction;
(d) Be adequately illuminated;
(e) Be clearly visible with the routes reaching them clearly marked
and signs posted to guide any person to the floor concerned;
(f) Be fitted if necessary, with fire fighting equipment suitably located
but not as to obstruct the passage, clearly marked and with its
location clearly indicated on both sides of the exit way;
(g) Be fitted with a fire alarm device, if it is either a multi-storied, high-
rise or a special building so as to ensure its prompt evacuation;
(h) Remain unaffected by any alteration of any part of the building so
far as their number, width, capacity and protection thereof is
concerned;
(i) Be so located that the travel distance on the floor does not exceed
the following limits :
1. Residential, educational institutional and hazardous
occupancies : 22.5 m.
2. Assembly, business, mercantile, industrial and storage
building: 30 m.
NOTE : The travel distance to an exit from the dead end of a corridor shall not
exceed half the distance specified above.
When more than one exit is required on a floor, the exits shall be as remote from
each other as possible.
Provided that for all multi-storied/high rise and special building, a minimum of two
enclosed type staircases shall be provided, at least one of them opening directly to
the exterior to an interior, open space or to any open place of safety.
18.3 REQUIREMENTS OF INDIVIDUAL EXITS AT EACH FLOOR:
The detailed requirements of individual exits at each floor are given below:
81
(1) CORRIDORS:
(a) Exit corridors shall be of a width not less than the total required width of
exit doorways leading from them in the direction of travel to the
exterior/stairway.
(b) Where stairways discharge through corridors, the height of the corridors
shall not be less than 2.4 m.
(c) Where there is more than one staircase serving a building, there shall be
at least one smoke-stop door in between the staircase.
(2) DOORWAYS:
(a) Every exit doorway shall open into an enclosed stairway, a horizontal exit
or a corridor or passageway providing continuous and protected means of
egress;
(b) An exit doorway shall open outwards i.e. away from the room, but shall not
obstruct the travel along any exit. No door, when opened, shall reduce the
required width of a stairway or landing to less than 90 cm.
(c) An exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight or stairs; a landing
equal to at least the width of the door shall be provided in the stairway at
each doorway; the level of the landing shall be the same as that of the
floor, which it, serves.
(d) Exit doorways shall be openable from the side, which they serve, without
the use of a key.
(3) REVOLVING DOORS:
(a) Revolving doors shall not be used as required exits except in residential,
business and mercantile occupancies; they shall not constitute more than
half the total required door width.
(b) When revolving doors are considered as required exit ways :
1. The multiplier in Table 18.1 shall be increase by 33.1/3 percent,
and; revolving doors shall not be located at the foot of a discharge
through a lobby or foyer.
(4) INTERNAL STAIRWAYS :
(a) Stairways shall be constructed of non-combustible materials throughout.
(b) Any interior staircase shall be constructed as a self-contained unit with at
least one side adjacent to an external wall and shall be completely closed.
(c) A staircase shall not be arranged around a lift unless the later is entirely
enclosed by a material of fire resistance rating as that for type of
construction itself. For multi-storied, high-rise and special buildings, the
staircase location shall be to the satisfaction of the Chief Fire Officer.
(d) In multi-storied/high rise and special building, access to main staircases
shall be gained through at least half-an-hour fire-resisting automatic
closing doors placed in the enclosing walls of the staircases. They shall
swing type doors opening in the direction of the escape.
(e) No living space, store or other space, involving fire risk, shall open directly
into a staircase.
82
(f) The external exit door of a staircase enclosure at ground level shall open
directly to the open space or should be accessible without passing
through any door other than a door provided to form a draught lobby.
(g) In multi-storied high rise and special building, exit signs with arrows
indicating the escape route shall be provided at a height of 1.5 m. from the
floor level on the wall and shall be painted with fluorescent paint. All exit
way signs should be flush with the wall and so designed that no
mechanical damage to them can result from the moving of furniture or
other heavy equipment.
(h) Where a building has a single staircase, it shall terminate at the ground
floor level, and the access to the basement shall be by a separate
staircase. Where the building is served by more than one staircase, one of
the staircase may lead to the basement level by either a ventilated lobby or
a cut-off screen wall without opening, having a fire resistance of not less
than 2 hours with discharge point at two different ends or through
enclosures. It shall also be cut-off from the basement area at various
basement levels by a protected and ventilated lobby/ lobbies.
(5) FIRE ESCAPE OR EXTERNAL STAIRS:
Multi-storied/high rise and special buildings shall be provided with fire escape
stairs, which will be free of F.S.I., and they should conform to the following:
(a) They shall not be taken into account in calculating the evacuation time of
building.
(b) All of them shall be directly connected to the ground.
(c) Entrance to them shall be separate and remote from the internal stair-
case.
(d) Routes to the fire escape shall be free of obstruction at all times, except for
a doorway leading to the fire escape, which shall have the required fire
resistance.
(e) They shall be constructed of non-combustible materials.
(f) They shall have a straight flight not less than 75 cm. Wide with 15cm.
Treads and risers not more than 19 cm. The number of risers shall be
limited to 16 per flight.
(g) They shall be provided with handrails at a height not less than 90 cm.
above the tread.
(6) RAMP :
(a) All the requirements of sub regulation (4) of this Regulation shall apply to
any ramps as they apply to a staircase.
(b) Ramps shall lead directly to outside open spaces at ground level or
courtyards or other safe places.
(c) In a multistoried, high rise and special building access to ramps from any
floor shall be through a smoke-stop door.
(7) REFUGE AREA :
(a) In multi-storied and high-rise buildings, at least one refuge area shall be
provided on the floor immediately above every 18 mts. of building height.
83
(b) Such space should abut on external walls.

(c) It shall have a minimum area of 1.5 sq. mts. and a minimum width of 0.75
mt.
18.4 BUILDING SERVICES
(1) Electrical Installations: The planning, design and installation of electrical
installation, air-conditioning and heating work shall conform to the provisions of
Part VIII Building Services. Section-2 Electrical Installations. Section-3 Air-
conditioning and Heating. National Building Code of India.
(2) Lift:
(a) PLANNING AND DESIGN: The planning and design of lifts including their
number, type and capacity depending on the occupancy of the building,
the population on each floor based on the occupant load and the building
height shall be in accordance with Section-5 Installation of Lifts and
Escalators, National Building Code of India.
(b) MAINTENANCE:
i) The lift installation should receive regular cleaning, lubrication
adjustment and adequate servicing by authorised competent
persons at such intervals as the type of equipment and frequency
of service demand. In order that the lift installation is maintained
at all times in a safe condition, a proper maintenance schedule
shall be drawn up in consultation with the lift manufacturer and
rigidly followed. A logbook to record all items relating to general
servicing and inspection shall be maintained. The electrical circuit
diagram of the lift with the sequence of operation of different
components and part shall be kept readily available for reference
by persons responsible for the maintenance and replacement,
where necessary, to the satisfaction of the competent authority.
ii) Any accident arising out of operation of maintenance of the lifts
shall be duly reported to the competent authority.
84
19. PARKING
19.1 MINIMUM PARKING SPACE
Off-street parking spaces for vehicles shall be provided for every new building constructed
for the first use or when the use of old building is changed to any of the uses mentioned in
the table below-
TABLE FOR MINIMUM OFF STREET PARKING SPACES:
(In all areas including existing Gamtal & Walled City)
Sr. Type of use Parking space Remarks

Required
No.
1 Residential 15% of maximum (1) Dwelling units above 80
permissible F.S.I. sq.mts. built up area 50%
(Flats / Apartments / of the total parking space
Hostels) requirement shall be
reserved for cars.
(2) Upto 80 sq.mts. built up
area 25% of the total
parking space
requirements shall be
reserved for cars.
(3) 10% of the total parking
space requirements shall
be reserved for visitors.
2 Multiplex, Cinema 1 Sq. Mts. per seat 50% of the total parking
theater, Public space requirements shall be
assembly Hall, reserved for cars.
Auditorium, Stadium
etc.
3 Industrial 10% of Building Unit 50% of the total parking
space requirements shall be
reserved for cars.
4 Commercial and 30% of Maximum i) 50% of the total parking
business permissible F. S. I. space requirements shall be
establishments reserved for cars.
including business Note : (1) The parking
office, bank, hotel, space so required shall ii) 20% of the parking space
guest house, lodge, be provided only at required at the ground level
eating house, ground level excluding shall be exclusively provided
restaurant, institutional required marginal for visitors.
building etc. and space and Built up area
Health facilities with solid plinth subject
including Hospitals & to other regulation.
Nursing Homes etc.
(2) However, after fully
consuming the space
available at the ground
level, remaining parking
space may be provided
at any other level.
85
5 Community buildings 50% of Building Unit 50% of the total parking

such as community space requirements shall be
hall/ marriage hall/ reserved for cars.
community wadi/
recreational club / and 50% of the parking to be
religious building, provided shall be on the road
party plot, club house side.
etc.
6 a) Primary schools. 20 sq.mts. for every For computing number of
100 students. students 0.75 sq.mts. floor
b) Secondary and area is equal to 1 (one)
higher secondary 50sq.mts. for every 100 student.
schools. students.
c) Colleges and
70 sq.mts. for every
coaching classes.
100 students
7 Special building for For (a) and (b) For (a) 50% of the total
uncommon uses : parking space requirement
shall be reserved for cars.
(a) stock exchange 30% of maximum
permissible F.S.I.
(b) grain market,
timber market, iron
market, For (b & c ) 50% of the total
agricultural market parking space requirement
and such other shall be reserved for heavy
wholesale Trade. motor vehicles.
(c) Godowns, 50 % of building unit.
Warehouses,
Competent Authority/
Transport
Municipal Commissioner
associated
shall specify the number and
activities type of vehicles likely to be
use in addition to Co. No. 4
For(a),(b) and (c) of Col.No.2
NOTE :
(1) in cases where the building unit is put to multiple uses, parking for each of
purpose shall be calculated seperately and shown as prorate bases in the
plan.
(2) Building Units/Plots abuts on 12.00 mts. or more width road parking shall
be provided as under :
For Ground Floor Built-up Area without hollow plinth the Parking shall be
provided as per Commercial Standards and for other floors built-up Area
Parking shall be provided as per Regulations.
(3) Above space shall be provided in addition to adequate vehicular access to
the street.
(4) Open spaces around buildings only in excess of 3 mts. in case of low rise
buildings and 6.0 mts. in case of high rise buildings from the periphery of
the building may be allowed for parking if it forms, part of parking layout as
86
required under 19.1

(5) Parking requirement shall be calculated on the basis of maximum
permissible F.S.I.
(6) In cases where mis-use of parking space is noticed, the use of entire
building shall be dis-continued and the use shall be permitted only after the
parking spaces are made possible for parking use. High penalty as decided
by Competent Authority from time to time shall be levied considering the
period of mis-use of the parking space and the benefit derived out of mis-
use.
(7) In cases where more parking space is requested, the Competent Authority
may grant the request for providing parking in cellar or at upper floors with
specific conditions to take care of genuine requirements.
(8) Parking reserved for visitors shall be provided on ground level only.
19.2 THE PARKING LAYOUT SHALL FULFILL THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS

(1) The minimum width of access to street from parking space shall be 3.0
meters.
(2) The Car Parking space shall have two independent accesses leading
street if its area capacity exceeds 300 sq.mts.
Provided that one such access may be permitted, if its minimum width is 6
meters.
(3) If the parking space is not provided at street level the gradient of ramp
leading to parking space shall not be more than 1:7 i.e. the vertical rise shall
not exceed more than 1 mt. over a horizontal distance of 7 meters.
(4) Clear head way of 2.4 meters, shall be provided on every access leading to
parking space and at any point in parking space.
(5) The general arrangement of parking layout shall be in conformity with the
general instruction as may be issued by the Competent Authority from time
to time.
(6) Width of ramp to the cellar may be 2 mts. provided cellar is exclusively use
as parking space for two wheeler vehicles only.
19.3 SPECIAL PROVISION FOR COMBINED PARKING SPACE
(1) In case of special structures, the required parking space can be hired /
purchased in a parking lot. Such parking lot can be a open plot of a building
having multiple parking facility. Such building having parking facility in a
parking lot shall be exclusively for the purpose of parking only. Such
parking lot shall not be at a distance more than 300mts. from the site of the
special structure. In such sases the above parking provisions to be made
within the dwelling unit shall be waved by the competent authority.
87
20. GASOLINE (MOTOR FUEL) FILLING STATIONS AND

GASOLINE FILLING CUM SERVICE STATIONS
20.1 DEFINITION
20.1.1. The term Gasoline in the context of these regulations shall mean liquid motor fuel gas (
cng/ lpg ) fuel used to drive the motor vehicles..
20.1.2. The term “Filling Station” is a place of retail business engaged in supplying and
dispensing of Gasoline (Motor-Fuel) and motor oil essential for the normal operation of
automobiles.
20.1.3. The term “Filling cum Service Station” is a place of retail business engaged in
supplying goods and services essential for the normal operation of automobiles.
These include dispensing Gasoline and Motor-oil, the sales and services of tyres,
batteries and other automobiles accessories and replacement item and washing and
lubrication. They do not include the body of tender work, painting or other major motors
repairs and over hauling.
20.2 REQUIREMENTS OF FILLING STATIONS AND FILLING-CUM SERVICE-
STATION
20.2.1 SPACE REQUIREMENTS:
(1) The minimum size for the location of Filling Station and filling cum Service
Station shall be as follows :
Filling station 30.00 mts. x 36.50 mts. (in intensely developed areas the
minimum frontage may be relaxed by the Authority after complete
investigation).
Filling cum Service Station shall be 2000 sq.mts. having frontage not less then
30.00 mts.
(2) Except in hilly terrain, the plot should be on level ground.
(3) Every filling station should provide for one parking space for each four
employees with a minimum of two car parking space.
(4) In the case of filling cum service stations in addition to parking space
requirements given above provision should also be made for one car parking
space for each service station.
(5) Common plot shall not be required for gasoline (Motor Fuel), Filling Station &
Gasoline filling cum service station.
20.3 TRAFFIC REQUIREMENTS:
(1) A filling station or filling cum service station is a major generator of traffic and as
such present a degree of traffic hazard on the road on which it is sited. This
potential traffic hazard determines the number of station that can be permitted
in any section of the road or the highway or in a section of a city, the objective
being to keep the traffic hazard to the minimum.
(2) A filling station or filling cum service station should not be located opposite a
break or opening in the central verge on a dual carriage as this will encourage
the traffic to cross the road while entering a filling station or filling cum service
station.
(3) A filling station or filling cum service station should not be sited too closed to an
88
intersection to a traffic island on the main road. To assure satisfactory wearing

distances, the minimum desirable distance between an access to a station and
the tangent point of the traffic island or intersection should be 80.00 mts.
(4) In the case of main road provided along with a service road or a marginal
access road, the access to the station should be provided from the service the
marginal access road and not from the main road.
(5) On road having heavy traffic, it is desirable to provide one station on either side
of the road so that vehicles are not required to cross the road. On roads the
traffic cannot support two filling station open on either side, one may be located
on either sides provided the site is not close to a junction and confirm to the
requirements of the 3 above.
(6) Sitting of the stations on road curves or bends are a safety hazard and should
be avoided. They should also not be located adjacent to the residential
houses.
(7) The minimum distance of the property line of the filling station from the central
line of the road must not be less than 15.00 mts. or half the proposed right of
way of the road, whichever is more. In the case of National Highways, and
major road in the urban areas they should be set back so as to be outside the
ultimate right of way of the highway along which it is to be located. However,
variations can be approved in special cases if allowed by the competent
authority after complete investigation.
(8) The heaping up of the oil cans and other goods within the premises which tend
to create a sort of ugly character to the area should be discouraged,
preferential locations in highly congested highways in urban areas create
traffic problems which need proper and careful examination. Similarly the
concentration of filling station and service station etc. along traffic or arteries
creates problems in maintaining street capacity thereby depriving the
community facility for mass and quick transport along the highway in urban.
20.4 ENTRANCE AND EXIT CONSIDERATIONS :
(1) In all location of filling stations. The basic principle governing location as well
as exit and entrance consideration is to minimize as such as possible
interference with normal flow of traffic on the road.
(2) For easy flow of the station a minimum frontage of 30.00 mts. shall be provided
with wide and easy entrance and exit kerbs, vehicles entering and leaving the
station should be fully visible to the traffic on the main road and there should
not be any obstruction to view between the filling station pumps and the road.
(3) The following minimum requirements for the ingress should be observed.
i) Maximum width of the drive ways at the side walk 9.00 mt.
ii) Minimum angle of intersection of drive ways with the street pavement 60
(degree).
iii) Minimum angle of intersection of drive ways with the street pavement 60
(degree).
iv) Minimum distance from any drive way to any exterior property line 6.00 mts.
v) Minimum distance from any driveway to any interior plot line 3.00 mts.
vi) Minimum distance between kerbs sites : 9.00 mts.
89
21. CONTROL OF SIGNS (HOARDINGS) AND OUTDOOR

DISPLAY STRUCTURES AND PAGER AND TELEPHONE
TOWERS
21.1 PERMISSION
Only authorised signs (Hoarding) paging tower and telephone towers will be
permitted.
21.2 DESIGN AND SIZE
Every hoarding shall be designed so as to withstand the wind, dead, scismic and
other loads and other structural requirements in accordance with the NBC.
In the case of shopping units in commercial areas and/or residential-cum-
commercial buildings, the display boards shall be at the same height above the
shopping arcade and shall ordinarily be 45.5 cms. to 61 cms. in height. The
placement and size of the boards shall form a part of the building permission and
no change therein shall be permitted nor shall any additional boards be allowed to
be displayed.
Sizes of hoarding along the various roads shall be governed by the following table :
Road width range (in mts.) Height of hoarding Maximum length of hoarding
(width)
a) National highway & roads 3 mts. 6.00 mts.
more than 50 mts. in width
b) 20 mts. to 50 mts. 3 mts. 4.50 mts.
c) 10 mts. to 20 mts. 2 mts. 3.00 mts.
d) Less than 10 mts. 1 mts. 1.50 mts.
No variation in the height of hoarding shall be permitted, however, variation in
length shall be allowed in multiple of 1.5 mts.
21.3 PROHIBITED SIGNS
The following signs are prohibited along major roads, having width beyond 18.00
mts.
a) Any sign that by reason of its shapes, position or colour may be confused
with an authorised traffic sign or signal.
b) Any sign containing the work “Stop”, “Look”, “Danger” or other similar word
that might mislead or confuse the travelers.
c) Any sign that is attached to or printed on a rock or other natural objects and
d) Any sign that is located within a public right-of-way unless it is an official
street name, traffic sign or signal or other official sign.
21.4 GENERAL RESTRICTIONS
1) No ground sign shall be erected to a height exceeding 9 mts. above the
ground. Lighting, reflections may extend beyond the top of face of the sign.
2) Every ground sign shall firmly supported and anchored to the ground.
90
Supports and anchors shall be of treated timber in accordance with good

practice or metal treated for corrosion resistance or masonary or concrete.
3) No ground sign shall be erected so as to obstruct from access to or egress
from any building and;
4) No ground sign shall be set nearer to the street line than the established
building line.
5) Distance from the junction of road :- No sing or hoarding along roads shall
be permitted within a distance of 100.00 mts. from the junction or the inter-
section of roads. This distance being measured between hoarding and the
centre line of a junction.
6) Any hoarding which in the opinion of the Authority is likely to be confused
with unauthorised traffic sign or signal shall not be permitted.
7) No hoarding on road less than 10 mts. wide shall be permitted in existing
Walled City and Gamtal.
8) Any hoarding containing the words “Stop”, “Look”, “Danger” or other similar
words that might mislead or confuse the traveler shall not be permitted.
9) No hoarding shall be permitted within a distance of 100.0 mts. from any
public park.
10) No hoarding shall be permitted in the open margin space of the building.
21.5 HOARDING ON ROOF
Following provisions shall apply for Roof signs.
a) Location : No roof sign shall be placed on or over the roof of any building,
unless the entire roof construction is of non-combustible material. The top
of sign board should confirm the building height regulations.
b) Projection : No roof sign shall project beyond the existing building line of the
building on which it is erected or shall extend beyond the roof in any
direction.
c) Support & Anchorage : Every roof sign shall be thoroughly secured and
anchored to the building on or over which it is erected. All loads shall be
safely distributed to the structural members of the building.
21.6 WALL SIGNS
Following provisions shall apply for wall signs.
a) Dimensions : The total area of the sign shall not exceed 10 percent of the
total area of the facade on which the sign is erected. The facade of the
building shall be subdivided into blocks of uniform height and the area of
the sign erected on particular block shall not exceed 10 percent of the area
of that block.
b) Projection : No wall sign shall extend above the top of the wall or beyond
the ends of the wall to which it is attached. At any place where pedestrians
may pass along a wall, any wall sign attached there to shall not project
more than 7.5 cms. there from within a height of 2.5 mts. measured from
the level of such place.
91
c) Support & Attachment : Every wall sign shall be securely attached to walls,
wooden blocks or anchorage with wood used in connection with screws,
staples or nails shall not be considered proper anchorage, except in the
case of wall signs attached to walls of wood.
d) Reflectors : Lighting reflectors may project 2.4 mts. beyond the face of the
wall provided such reflectors are at least 4 m above the footpath level, but
in no case shall such reflectors project beyond a vertical plane one meter
inside the kerb line.
21.7 PROJECTING SIGNS
No projecting sign or any part of its supports or frame work shall project more than
2 meters beyond the main face of the building to which such sign is attached. At
every place where pedestrians may pass underneath a projecting sign, an over-
head clearance of at least 2.5 mts. shall be maintained.
Comprehensive Sign Design : Particularly in the case of an existing structure
where because of the code amendment new signage is likely to cover less of the
building facade than previously, it is hoped that Comprehensive Sign Designs will
encourage the rehabilitation of the building front itself as well as the careful design
of the sign that goes on it.
21.8 SIGNS IN URBAN RENEWAL PROJECT AREAS
These signs must confirm with the zoning regulations and with the urban renewal
plan or special restrictions for the area, which may include additional regulations or
requirements.
21.8.1 BANNERS, SIGN-BOARDS ETC.
Banners, signboards and several other kinds of signs other than on-premise signs
shall be only temporarily permitted.
21.8.2 No signs within 30 mt. Distance of a park entrances or institutional entrances shall
be permitted.
21.9 HISTORIC BUILDINGS
The Competent Authority is empowered to deny the permission on the ground of
ambiance of heritage buildings and precinets.
21.10 DEPOSIT AND FEES
1) The fees for erection and maintenance of the hoarding shall be charged as
decided by Competent Authority.
2) The fees for hoarding shall be paid by the applicant in advance, for the
calendar year or part thereof.
21.11 TELECOMMUNICATION INFRASTRUCTURE (PAGING, CELLULAR
MOBILES, 'V' SAT., MTNL ETC.)
1) Following provisions shall apply for telecommunication infrastructure.
a) Location: The Telecommunication Infrastructure tower shall be placed at
critical Infrastructure site as recommended by the competent authority and
the site shall be shared by at least three service providers.
92
b) Type of structure: (i) Steel fabricated tower or antennae's on M.S. pole.

(ii) Pre-fabricated shelters of fiberglass or P.V.C. on the
building roof top/terrace for equipment.
(iii) Masonry structure/Shelter on the ground for
equipment.
(iv) D.G. Set with sound proof cover to reduce the noise
level.
c) Requirement : (i) Every applicant has to obtain/procure the

necessary
permission from the “Standing Advisory Committee
on Radio Frequency Allocation” (SACFA) issued by
Ministry of Telecommunications.
(ii) Every applicant will have to produce the structural
stability certificate from the registered structural
engineer which shall be the liability of both parties.
(iii) Applicant have to produce/submit plans regarding
the same.
d) Projection : No Pager and/or Telephone Tower shall project beyond the
existing building line of the building on which it is erected in any direction.
(2) DEPOSIT AND FEES : The fees for erection and maintenance of the
hoarding shall be charged as decided by Competent Authority from time to
time.
93
22 MINING, QUARRYING AND BRICK KILN

The following regulations shall govern the mining, quarrying and brick kiln
operations.
22.1
a) The applicant shall deposit and keep deposited an amount as a security deposit for
the fulfillment of the conditions attached to the development permission. The
amount shall be deposited on intimation to the applicant and shall be calculated at
the rates as decided by the Competent Authority from time to time.
b) The deposit shall be refunded without interest after the expiry of the period
mentioned in 22.4 below.
c) The Security Deposit shall be forfeited either in whole or in part at the absolute
discretion of the Authority for breach of any of the provisions of these regulations
and conditions attached to the development permission. Such forfeiture shall be
without prejudice to any other remedy or right of the Authority.
22.2 No mining, quarrying and brick kiln operations where no blasting is involved shall
be permitted within a distance of 50 mts. from the boundary of any public road,
railway line, canal, transmission line or any other building. No mining and quarrying
operations an brick kiln operations which involved blasting shall be permitted
within a distance of 200 mts. from any public road, railway line, canal, transmission
line or any other building.
22.3 No building operations shall be permitted on the plot on which mining and
quarrying and kiln operations have been permitted, without the prior approval of
the Authority.
22.4 The mining, quarrying and brick kiln shall be permitted for a stipulated period not
exceeding three years from the date of development permission at a time and shall
be so prescribed in the development permission.
22.5 The following shall govern the mining, quarrying and brick kiln operations and shall
form conditions of the development permission.
1) The mining, quarrying and brick kiln operations shall not cause any
nuisance to people in the vicinity.
2) The mining, quarrying and brick kiln operations below the average ground
level shall be permitted only for the extraction.
94
23 CONTROL OF AIR AND WATER POLLUTION

23.1
No industrial effluent shall be disposed or exposed so as to cause nuisance endanger to
public health.
23.2
Without prejudice to the generality of the above provisions, the Competent Authority may
stipulate certain conditions or measures to control the air borne emissions and liquid
effluents from industrial units. These measure shall be stipulated as conditions of the
development permission.
23.3
Industries in the special industrial zone which emit liquid and gaseous effluents shall not
be allowed to emit such effluent unless they are purified and rendered harmless from the
public health point of view by provision of purification plants, as may be prescribed by the
Competent Authority and/or the Gujarat Pollution Control Board.
23.4
Controls as prescribed from time to time by the pollution control board / Competent
Authority shall be applicable to all development and redevelopment.
95
24 CONTROL OF DRAINS, SEWERS, DRAINAGE AND

SEWAGE WORKS
Regulations for regulating the construction maintenance and control of drains,
sewers, drainage and sewage works of any description within Development Area
24.1 DEFINITIONS:
In these regulations unless the content specifically indicates otherwise, the
meaning of the terms used shall be as under:
1) “Sewer System” shall mean the sewage disposal system.
2) “Engineer” shall mean the Engineer of Authority or the authorised person or
its deputy or representative duly authorised from time to time to act on his
behalf.
3) “Person” shall mean any individual firm, company, association, society,
corporation or group.
4) “Sewer” shall mean a pipe, or conduct or other construction provided for
carrying sewage.
5) “Building Sewer” shall mean the sewer under the control of the property
owner and extending from the building to the first inspection chamber or
manhole.
6) “Public sewer” shall mean a sewer in which all owners of abutting
properties may discharge, and which is controlled by the public body.
7) “Sanitary Sewer” shall mean a sewer which carries sewage and to which
storm, surface and ground water are not admitted.
8) “Storm Sewer” shall mean sewer which carries storm and surface water
and drainage but excludes sewage and industrial wastes, other than
unpolluted cooling water.
9) “Combined Sewer” shall mean a sewer receiving both sewage and surface
run off.
10) “Sewage” shall mean a combination of the waters carried from residences,
business buildings, institutions and industrial establishments, to go there
with such ground surface and storm waters as may be present.
11) “Industrial waters” shall mean the liquid wastes from industrial
manufacturing process, trade, business or from of any development,
recovery or processing operation, as distinct from sanitary sewage.
12) “Garbage” shall mean solid wastes from the domestic and commercial
preparation, cooking and dispensing of food and from the handling
storage, and sale of produce.
13) “Properly Shredded Garbage” shall mean the waste from the preparation,
cooking and dispensing of food that have been shredded to such a degree
that all particles will be of 1 cm. Carried freely under the flow conditions
normally prevailing in sewers with no particle greater then 1 cm in any
dimension.
96
14) “Sewage Treatment Plant” shall mean any arrangement or devices and
structures used for treating sewage.
15) “Sewage works” shall mean all facilities for collecting, pumping, treating
and dispensing of sewage.
16) “Water Course” shall mean a channel in which a flow of water occurs either
continuously or intermittently.
17) “Natural Outlet” shall mean a channel in which a flow of ground water
occurs continuously.
18) “Sludge” shall mean any discharge of water sewage industrial waste which
in concentration of any given constituent or in quantity of flow exceeds for
any duration longer than 15 minutes, five times the average 24 hour
concentration or flow during normal operation.
19) “pH” shall mean the logarithm of the reciprocal of the weight of
hydrogeneous in grams per litre of solution as determined by procedures
outlined in standard methods.
20) “Biochemical Oxygen Demand” (abbreviated as B.O.D.) shall mean the
quantity of oxygen utilised in the biochemical oxidation of organic matter in
five days at 20o c expressed in milligrams per liter, as determined by
procedures outlined in standard methods.
21) “Suspended Solids” shall mean solids that either float on the surface or are
in suspension in water sewage or other liquids or which are removable by a
laboratory filtering device quantitative determination shall be done in
accordance with methods.
22) “Gallon” shall mean Imperial Gallon.
23) “Control Manhole” shall be the manhole so designated for the express
purpose of collecting waste effluent samples and facilitating observation
and measurement of waste as necessary from a property. It shall be the
manhole at the junction of the building sewer with the public sewer or the
nearest manhole on the public sewer down stream of the junction of the
building sewer with the public sewer as may be decided by the Engineer.
24) “Standard Methods” shall mean the examination and analytical procedures
set forth in the most recent edition of Standard Methods for the examination
of water, sewage and Industrial wastes published jointly by the American
Public Health Association, the American Water Works Association and the
Water Pollution Control Federation. However, the use of identical analytical
procedure outlined by the World Health Organisation or the Indian
Standards Institution of the Government of India, form time time, whenever
such procedures exist will be permitted.
24.2 REGULATIONS
1) It shall be unlawful for any person to place, deposit, or permit to be deposit

in any incincrate manner on public or private property within the jurisdiction
of Competent Authority any human or animal excrement, garbage or other
97
objectionable waste.
2) It shall be unlawful for any person to discharge to any natural outlet or any
where, within the area under the jurisdiction of Competent Authority any
sewage or other polluted waters except where suitable treatment has been
provided in accordance with subsequent provisions of these regulations.
3) For permission to discharge into the sewage system from establishments
producing industrial wastes, the owner or his authorised agent shall make
application shall be supplemented by any plans, specifications, sample
test reports or other information considered pertinent in the judgment of the
Engineer. An inspection fee of Rs. 100/- for an industrial building sewer
permit shall be paid at the time application is filled. All industrial and trade
establishments existing and discharging industrial wastes into the sewer
system at the time of enactment of these regulations shall also require
permission to discharge into the sewer under these regulations.
4) No person shall discharge or cause to be discharged any storm water
surface water, ground water, roof run-off, or subsurface drainage to any
sanitary sewer uncontaminated cooling water or unpolluted industrial
process water be permitted to be discharged to any sanitary sewer by the
Engineer if storm sewer is not available.
5) Storm water and all other unpolluted drainage shall be discharged to such
sewer as are specifically designated as storm sewers or to a natural outlet
approved by the Engineer. Industrial cooling water or unpolluted process
waters may be discharged with the prior approval of the Engineer to a
storm sewer or natural outlet
6) Grease, oil and sand interceptors of approved type and capacity shall be
provided when in the opinion of the Engineer, they are necessary for the
proper handling of liquid wastes containing grease in excessive amounts
or any inflammable wastes, sand or other harmful ingredients, such
interceptors shall be so located as to be readily accessible for cleaning and
inspection.
7) No storage rooms where acids, cyanide, cyanogens compound or other
dangerous substances are stored, shall be connected directly to the public
sewers or to any natural outlet, curing holding pit, or other approved
arrangement may be required to be provided so that accidental discharge
can be caught and disposed off in a safe manner.
8) All permits granted under Regulation No. 24.2(3) shall be valid for a period
of 3 years and it shall be incumbent on the owner or his authorised agent to
make an application for renewal with payment of renewal fee of Rs. 75/-
three months before the 'expiry' of the permit period furnishing sample test
reports and any other information considered pertinent in the judgment of
the Engineer.
9) No person shall discharge or cause to be discharged any of the following
described kinds of sewage, industrial or factory waste into any sewer or
body of water within or entering the area;
i) Any liquid or vapor having a temperature higher than 1110F (450C).
98
ii) Any water or waste having a pH Lower than 5.5 or higher than 9.5.
iii) Any water containing fats, wax grease, tars or oils whether
emulsified or not, in excess of 100 MG/L or containing substance
0
which may solidify or become viscous at temperatures between 32
0 0 0
F of and 150 F of (0 C and 65 C).
iv) Any petroleum products, fuel oil, calcium carbide benzene,
hapthane, cleaning solvents or other inflammable or explosive
materials in liquid, or gaseous form and having a flash point lower
0
then 187 F of.
v) Any solid or viscous substances in quantities or of such size or
specific gravity as would be capable of causing obstruction to the
flow in sewers or other interference with the proper operation of
sewage work such as, but not limited to, ashes, cinders, sand stone
dust, mud, straw, shaving metal glass, rags, feathers, star plastics,
wood fuller's earth, lime slurries and residues, pulp and paper mill
wastes, ungrounded garbage, paper dishes, cups food containers,
etc. either whole or grounded by garbage grinders.
vi) Any paunch manure or intestinal contents from animal, grease oil,
hooves, toenails, bees, bristles, whole blood, fleshing and har
resulting from slaughtering, tanning and other operations, which
may cause difficulty to the sewer system.
vii) Any garbage that has not been properly shredded as defined in
definition 24.1 (13). The installation and operation of any garbage
grinder equipped with a motor of ¾ II.P. (0.76 H.P.) metric or greater
shall be subject to review and approval of the engineer.
viii) Any soluble substances in such concentration as to increase the
viscosity of the water or greater than 1:10 specific viscosity.
ix) Any waters or water containing toxic, poisonous, solids, liquid or
gases in sufficient quality either singly or interaction with other
wastes likely to injure or interfere with any sewage treatment
process, constitute a hazard to human or animals, create a public
nuisance or create any hazard in the receiving waters of the
sewage treatment plant, including but not limited to:
a) Cyanides in excess of 2 Mg/L as CN;
b) Haxavelent chromium in excess of 3 Mg./L as GO;
c) Total iron excess of MG./L as Fe.
x) Any waters or wastes containing constituents such as but not
limited to the following objectionable limit which in the opinion of the
Engineer are likely to interfere with sewage treatment or exceed
limits after treatment of the sewage to meet the requirements of the
State, or other public or local authorities for discharge to the
receiving water:
99
Copper UPTO 3Mg/L

Zinc UPTO 15Mg/L
Lead UPTO 1Mg/L
Nickel UPTO 2Mg/L
xi) Any waters or waste containing phenols or other tastes or odor
producing in concentrations exceeding 0.005 Mg/L.
xii) Any radio active waste should not exceed following limits:
Radio active materials:
i) Alpha -7
Emitters Max1-0 mc./ml.
ii) Beta -6
Emitters Max1-0 mc/ml.
xiii) Any malodorous gases and acetylene generation sludge.
xiv) Any water or waste containing sulfides, sulphurdioxide,
nitrousoxide, or any of the halogens exceeding 10Mg/L in
concentration.
xv) Any water or waste containing sulphates in excess of 1000 Mg/L
concentration.
xvi) Any water or waste having B.O.D. more than 300 Mg/L.
xvii) Any water or waste having suspended solids more than 600 Mg/L.
xviii) Any water or waste having dissolved solids in excess 2100 Mg/L
concentration.
xix) Any water or waste containing following elements in excess of
respective proportion mentioned against them.
Parameters Standard-Mg/Lit.
Chloride (as Cl.) max 600
Fluoride 15
Ammonia Nitrogen (as N) max 50
Baron (as B) max 2
% Sodium max 60
Free Ammonia (as NH) 5
Pesticide Absent
Arsenic (as As) 0.2
Mercury (as Hg) 0.01
Cadnuyn (as Cd) 2.0
100
xx) No person shall discharge or caused to be discharged any of the

following kinds of sewerage, industrial or factory waste into any
river creeks, exceeding respective levels as shown in Appendix
attached, at the end of this chapter.
10) No person shall discharge or caused to be discharged substances,
materials, waters or wastes, if it appears likely in the opinion of the
Engineer that such wastes are not amenable to satisfactory treatment or
can harm either sewers, sewage treatment process or equipment have an
adverse effect on the reviving stream or can otherwise endanger life, limb,
public property, or constitute a nuisance. In forming his opinion as to the
acceptability of such wastes the Engineer will give consideration to such
factors as the quantities of wastes in relation to flows and velocities in the
sewers, materials of construction of the sewers, nature of the sewage
treatment process, degree of treatability of wastes and other pertinent
factors.
11) At such time as the sewage works are not overload, the engineer may at his
descretion greater degree of pollution than set in the regulation No. 9 (xvii)
but in no case exceeding the following:
a) B.O.D. of 600 Mg/L and
b) Average suspended solids 1200 Mg/L
12) The permission mentioned in regulation will be given only upon payment of
surcharge in addition to the total usual sewer changes, and it will be liable
to the withdrawn on 3 months notice. The rates for surcharges will be
decided by the Authority from time to time.
13) If any waters of wastes which are discharged, or are proposed to be
discharged to the public sewer, contain the substances or process
characteristics enumerated in these regulations and which in the
judgement of the Engineer may have a deleterious effect upon the sewage
works, processes, equipment or reviving waters, or which otherwise create
a hazard to life or constitute a public nuisance, the Engineer may:
a) reject the wastes
b) require pre-treatment in a private waste treatment system to an
acceptable condition for discharge to the public sewers.
c) Require provision of flow equalizing facilities for control over the
quantities and rates of discharge to avoid usual volumes or flow or
concentration of waste constitution slugs as defined.
d) Require payment of surcharge as detailed in regulation 12 above.
14) The owner shall operate and maintain continuously and effectively at his
expense the private waste treatment of flow equalization system in a
sanitary and safe manner at all times.
15) When required by the engineer, the owner of any property serviced by a
building sewer carrying industrial wastes shall install a suitable control
manhole together with such necessary apparetances in the building sewer
to facilitate observation sampling and measurement of the wastes. Such
101
manhole when required shall be accessible at all times. In a default of the

owner to install and maintain a control manhole and any required
appurtenance within 1 month of a written notice from the Engineer to do so,
the latter shall be entitled to estimate the quality and quantity in any manner
of method practicable for computing the amount of the surcharge and the
presence of the objectionable constituents laid down in Regulation No. 9,
10, 11 above.
16) In the event that no special manhole has been required, the control
manhole shall be connect to the nearest down stream manhole in the
public sewer to the point at which the building sewer is connected.
17) Sampling shall be carried out to reflect the effect of constituents upon the
sewage works and to determine the existence of hazards to life, limb and
property. The particular analysis involved will at the discretion of Engineer
be done either on basis of a 24 hours composite of all discharge of a
property or as a grade sample or samples. Normally B.O.D. and
suspended solids analysis are determined from 24 hours composites
whereas pH is determined by grade samplings.
18) All tests and analysis of the characteristics of water and wastes to which
reference is made in these Regulations shall be determined in accordance
with Standard Method as mentioned in definition 24.1 (24) and shall be
determined at the said control manhole in the presence of representatives
of all parties concerned, and tested at a Municipal or any other laboratory
approved by the Engineer.
19) The Engineer may at any time before or after issue of permit or grant of
connection, run additional tests of the sewage or wastes being discharged
by any trade or industry over such period as it may deem necessary, cost of
such test shall be borne by Competent Authority.
20) In the event of taste showing greater degree of pollution than permissible
under the Regulation at No. 24.2.9 (xvi) and (xvii), above the surcharge, if
any to be paid, shall be computed on the basis of the latest test and shall be
levied from the billing period in which the tests are carried out. If any such
testing by the component Authority shall shown reduced degree of
pollution in the wastes sufficient to exempt from payment of surcharge the
same shall become effective from the next billing period.
21) If the owner is of the opinion that for any reason the nature of the sewage
presently being discharged into the sewer has a substantially lessened
degree of pollution than as shown by prior tests, he may request the
competent authority to make new test more than once in each billing period
to be made at his expense. Such test will be taken by the engineer at his
discretion within three months from the date of application. If the Engineer
is satisfied that such tests were made when the plant was operating under
normal conditions, the results of the latest tests shall be used in computing
or exempting from the surcharge.
22) The Engineer or other duly authorised employee of the Competent
102
Authority shall be permitted to enter all properties for the purpose of

inspection, observations of these regulations and having a direct bearing
on the nature and source of discharge.
23) Any person found to be violating any provision of these regulations shall be
served by the Competent Authority with written notice stating the violation
and providing a reasonable time limit not less than one month for the
satisfactory correction thereof. The offender shall within the period of time
stated in such notice, permanently cease all violations.
24) Any person who shall continue any violation beyond the time limit, provided
for in regulation 24.2(23) above, shall be liable for prosecution and be
punished with a fine which may extended to Rs. 500/- for each violation and
in case of a continuing breach to Rs. 50/- per day after the date of first
conviction.
25) Any person violating any of the provisions of these regulations shall
become liable to competent authority for any expenses, loss or damage
occasioned to the Component Authority by the reason of such violation and
shall be liable to suspension, revocation of cancellation, if any permissions
were granted under the regulations.
26) Should any court of competent jurisdiction declare any provision of this
regulation ultravires then the decision shall effect only such provision so
declared to be ultravires and shall not effect any other provision.
27) The above mentioned Regulations shall be subject to modification from
time to time as required by Gujarat Pollution Control Board and Competent
Authority.
24.3 SEPTIC TANK
i) Location and sub-soil dispersion. A sub-soil dispersion system shall not be
closer than 12 mts. to any source of drinking water, such as a well, to
mitigate the possibility of bacterial pollution of water supply. It shall also be
as far removed from the nearest habitable building is economically feasible
but not closer than 2 mts. to avoid damage to the structure.
ii) Dimensions etc.
(a) Septic tank shall have a minimum inner width of 75cm.. a minimum depth of
- meter below the water level and a per capital minimum liquid capacity of
85 liters. The length of the tanks shall be least twice the width.
(b) Septic tanks may be constructed of brick work, stone masonry, concrete or
other suitable material as approved by the competent authority.
(c) Under no circumstances should effluent from a septic tank or allowed into
an open channel drain or body of water without adequate treatment.
(d) The minimum normal diameter of the pipe shall be 100mm. Further at
junction of pipes in manholes, the direction of flow from a branch
connection should not make an angle exceeding 45 with the direction of
flow in the main pipe.
(e) The gradients of land-drains, under-drainage as well as the bottom of
103
dispersion trenches and soak wells should be between 1:300 and 1:1400.
(f) Every septic tank shall be provided with a ventilating pipe of at least 50mm
diameter. The top of the pipe shall be provided with a suitable cage of
mosquito proof wire mesh. The ventilating pipe shall extended to a height
which would cause no smell or nuisance to any building in the area.
Generally, the ventilating pipe should extend to a high of about 2 mts above
the septic tank building when it is located closer than 15mts.
(g) When the disposal of a septic tank effluent is to a seepage pit, the seepage
pit may be of sectional dimension of 90 cm and not less than 100 cm in
depth below the inner level of the inlet pipe. The pit may be lined with stone,
brick and concrete blocks with dry open joint which should be backed with
at least 7.5 CMS of clean coarse aggregate. The lining above the inlet level
should be narrowed to reduce the size of the R.C.C. cover slabs. Where no
lining is used, specially near trees the entitle pit should be filled with loose
stones. A masonry ring should to construct at the top of the pit to prevent
damage by flooding of the pit by surface run off. The inlet pipe should be
taken down to a depth of 90 cm. From the top an anti Mosquito Measure.
(h) When the disposal of septic tank effluent is to a dispersion trench, the
dispersion trench shall be 50 to 100 cm. Wide excavated to a slight gradient
and shall be provided with a layer of shed gravel or crushed stones 15 to 25
cm. Deep. Open joined pipes placed inside the trench shall be made of
unglazed earthenware clay or concrete and shall have a minimum internal
diameter of 70 to 100 mm. Each dispersion trench should not be longer
than 30 mts. and trenches should not be placed closer than 1.8 mts to each
other.
24.4 For big societies like Township (located on land more than 5 acres provision for
sewage treatment plant with connection of main sewage pipeline is compulsory.
24.5 The above mentioned Regulations shall be subject to modification from time to
time as required by Gujarat Pollution Control Board/Vadodara Municipal
Corporation/Competent Authority.
104
APPENDIX
(See Regulation No. 24.2.9 (XX)
PROPOSED STANDARED FOR DISPOSAL OF EFFLUENT INTO RIVER OR NEARBY
CREEKS:
PARAMATER MAXIMUM PERMISSIBLE CONCENTRATION
0
Temperature 0 C 400 C
PH value. 5.5 – 9.0
Colour 100 units
Total suspended solids max 100 Mg/L
Oil & Grease max 10”
0
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (5 days at 20 C) max. 30”
Chemical Oxygen Demand max 100”
Ammonical Nitrogen (as N) max 50”
Free Ammonia (as NH3) max 5”
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (as N) max 100”
Total Residual Chlorine max. 1”
Phenolic Compound max 1”
Total dissolved solids (inorganic) max 2100”
Cyanides (as CN) max 0.2”
Fluorides (Total as F) max 1.5”
Phosphate (as P) max 5”
Sulphides (as S) max 2”
Boron (as B) max 2”
Arsenic (as Aso) max 0.2”
Mercury (as Hg) max 0.01”
Lead (as PB) max 0.1”
Cadmium (as CD) max 1.0”
Hexavalent Chromium (as Cr + 6) max 0.1”
Total Chromium (as Cr) max 2”
Copper (as Cu) max 3”
Zinc (as Zn) max 5”
Selenium (as Se) max 0.05”
Nickel (as Ni) max 3”
Pesticides Absent
105
25 APPLICABILITY OF REGULATIONS
25.1 These Regulations except Regulation No. 26 apply to all new constructions to be
carried out and also in case of change of use in existing constructions and also in
case of change of use in existing building. The Regulation No. 26 shall apply to
existing buildings.
25.2 A person shall be deemed to do or omit or fail to do any act or thing who does or
omits or fails to do such act or thing either in the capacity of an owner, agent of an
owner, contractor, agent of a contractor, builder, agent of a builder, structural-
designer, architect or engineer, Clerk of Works or person-in-change of any building
operation.
25.3 ADDITION OR EXTENSION TO A BUILDING
No addition or extension to a building shall be allowed unless the addition or
extension is such as would be permissible, if the whole building were
reconstructed from the plinth with the open space, required under the Regulation
applicable, to the site of the building. At the time of the proposed addition or
extension to a building shall be allowed which would diminish the extent of air
space below the minimum which is required by the Regulations applicable to the
site of the building at the proposed addition or extension.
Safe guard against works Reduction of open space:
No construction work on a building shall be allowed if such work operates to reduce
an open air space of any other adjoining building belonging to the same owner to
an extent less than what is prescribed by any of the Regulation in force at the time
of the proposed work or to further reduce such open space if it is already less than
what is prescribed.
25.4 Open space to be open to Sky:
Every open space, whether exterior or interior or a set back provided in pursuance
of any Regulation, or under an agreement lodged with the Authority shall be paved
and be always kept free from any erection thereon and open to the sky, except 23
cms. Cornice or 30 cms eave or grill with opening not less than 8x8 cms and no
weather shade or other protection shall overhang or project the said open space or
over a side set-back so as to reduce the width to less than the minimum provided
under these Regulations. No open drain except for rain-water shall be free
structure in any open space required by these Regulations.
106
26 MAINTENANCE OF BUILDINGS
26.1
1. For the purpose of these Regulations, the building shall be divided into the
following classes:
Class-1:All types of framed structures, factory buildings, cinema, auditorium and
other public buildings, schools and college buildings, hostels.
Class-2:Masonry walled residential buildings constructed with more than ground
+ two floors.
2. It shall be the duty of the owner of a buildings to get his building examined by a
registered structural designer at the interval of time prescribed here under and to
submit a structural inspection report to the Authority in the Form No. 11
3. The interval at which such buildings are to be examined and a report submitted to
Authority shall be as under:
a) Within three years from the coming into force of these Regulation and
thereafter at the interval of every fifteen years from the date of submission
of the first report for Class-I buildings which are erected fifteen years earlier
from the date on which these Regulations has come into force or which
becomes five years old thereafter.
b) Within five years from the coming into force of these Regulation and
thereafter at the interval of every fifteen years from the date of submission
of the first report for Class-II buildings which are erected fifteen years
earlier from the date on which these Regulations has come into force or
which becomes fifteen years old thereafter.
26.2 It shall be the duty of every owner to maintain and keep in working order the
arrangement of internal fire hydrants, fire-lifts and fire-stair provided in his building.
At intervals of not more than twelve months he shall submit a certificate from the
registered engineer certifying that the system of internal fire hydrant, fire lifts & fire
stairs and other protections required are properly maintained and is in good
working conditions.
107
27. RELAXATION
27.1 In the case of plot owned by: i) Competent Authority, ii) Government, iii) Housing
Board, and iv) any corporate body constituted under a statute, the competent
authority may for reasons to be recorded in writing relax or waiver any of the
regulations in the public interest. Provided that no relaxation or waiver of any of the
development regulations concerning maximum built-up-area on any floor,
common plot, COP, marginal open space, provisions of high rise buildings, F.S.I.
and parking shall be made, unless specifically provided in these Regulations.
27.2 Notwithstanding anything contained in foregoing Regulations of the Development
Plan in case where these regulations cause hardships to the owners because of
their application to the alterations not involving addition to the existing structures
erected prior to the coming into force of these regulations, the competent authority
after considering the merits of each individual cash may relax or waive, for reasons
to be recorded in writing and regulation of the Development Plan.
Provided that this relaxation shall not be made in any regulations for high rise
building.
27.3 In the case of existing building units in respect of which the layout and sub-division
may have been approved by a competent Authority or building units affected by
road widening and by the Development Plan proposals made in the Development
Plan, if the Competent Authority is of the opinion that such building units have
become incapable of reasonable development unless all or any of the
requirements of Regulations Nos.11 & 12 are suitably relaxed or waived the
Competent Authority may, for reasons to be recorded in writing, relax the
requirement of the above mentioned regulations.
Provided that no relaxation shall be made in any of the regulations for high rise
buildings. Irrespective of provisions made in sub clause 27.1, 27.2 & 27.3, in case
of development for religious building, e.g. temple, church, Mosque, Agiari etc. upto
0.6 or less F.S.I. only, Competent Authority may waive special provisions for high
rise building with reasons to be recorded. Provided that no relaxation or waiver in
any of the regulations concern in margin, parking, open space, common plot and
maximum built-up area shall be made.
27.4 Not withstanding any thing contained in above for minor deviation in construction
upto 2% variation in F.S.I. and built up area and 5% variation in margin may, for the
reasons to be recorded in writing be made on merits or individual case.
108
28 HERITAGE REGULATIONS:
28.1 APPLICABILITY
This regulation will apply to those buildings, artefacts, structures, areas and
precincts having aesthetic and/or architectural and/or cultural and/or
environmental significance (hereinafter referred as listed heritage buildings! listed
heritage precincts) and natural areas of scenic beauty including but not limited to
sacred groves, hills, hillocks, water bodies (and the areas adjoining the same),
open areas, wooded areas (hereinafter referred to as 'natural features') which will
be listed in a notification to be issued by Government.
For the purpose of this regulation, 'precinct' will hereinafter refer to any area
delineated within the Vadodara Urban Development Area, containing listed
heritage buildings, artefacts, structures of historic and /or aesthetic and / or
architectural and /or cultural and /or environmental significance being bound on all
sides by paths and /or roads and/or water bodies and/or railway lines and/or plot
lines and/or buildings for which special regulations may henceforth be devised.
28.2 RESTRICTION ON DEVELOPMENT I REDEVELOPMENT I REPAIRS ETC.
i) No development or redevelopment or engineering operation or additions~
alterations, repairs, renovation including the painting of buildings, replacement of
special features or plastering or demolition of any part thereof of the listed heritage
buildings or listed heritage precincts or listed natural features shall be allowed
except with the prior written permission of the Competent Authority.
Before granting any such permission, the Competent Authority shall consult the
Heritage Conservation Committee to be appointed by Government (hereinafter
referred to as the said Heritage Conservation Committee) and shall act on the
advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee.
ii) Provided that before granting any permission for demolition or major alterations/
additions to listed heritage buildings (or buildings within listed heritage precincts),
or construction at any listed natural features, or alteration of boundaries of any
listed natural features, objections and suggestions from the public shall be invited
and duly considered by the Heritage Conservation Committee.
iii) Providing that only in exceptional cases, for reasons to be recorded in writing, the
competent Authority may refer the matter back to the Heritage Conservation
Committee for reconsideration.
However, the decision of the Heritage Conservation Committee after such
reconsideration shall be final.
28.3 PREPARATION OF LIST OF HERITAGE BUILDINGS, HERITAGE PRECINCTS
AND LISTED NATURAL FEATURES
The list of buildings, artefacts, structures, areas and precincts of historic, and/or
aesthetic and / or architectural and/or cultural significance and/or environmental
significance and the said list of those natural features of environmental
significance and/or scenic beauty including sacred groves, hills, hillocks, water
bodies (and the areas adjoining the same), open areas, wooded areas, etc. to
which this regulation applies shall not form part of this Regulation for the purpose of
109
Section 19 of the Gujarat Town Planning and Urban Development Act, 1976.
The list shall be supplemented / altered / deleted / modified from time to time by
Government and/or the Competent Authority on the advice of the said Heritage
Conservation Committee, or by Government suo moto or by the Competent
Authority suo moto, or by the Heritage Conservation Committee suo moto,
provided that after the list is supplemented/altered/deleted/modified, the
modifications to the list shall be published in the official gazette and in such other
manner as may be prescribed along with a notice in the prescribed manner, inviting
objections and suggestions from the public within a period of 30 days from the date
of its publication. The objections and suggestions received shall be duly
considered by Government and/or the Competent Authority and on the advice of
the Heritage Conservation Committee the list shall be finalized and notified.
When a building or group of buildings or natural features is listed it would
automatically mean unless otherwise indicated that the entire property including its
compound subsidiary structures etc. form part of the list.
28.4 POWER TO ALTER, MODIFY OR RELAX OTHER GENERAL DEVELOPMENT
CONTROL REGULATIONS
On the advice of the said Heritage Conservation Committee and for reasons to be
recorded in writing the Competent Authority may/shall alter, modify or relax the
provisions of other General Development Control Regulations of the Draft
Development Plan for VUDA (hereinafter referred to as the said Regulations if it is
needed for the conservation, preservation or retention of historic and/or aesthetic
and/or cultural and/or architectural quality of any listed heritage buildings or listed
heritage precincts and / or the preservation of any listed natural features.
28.5 SPECIAL REGULATIONS FOR LISTED HERITAGE PRECINCTS
In cases of heritage precincts and (where deemed necessary by the Heritage
Conservation Committee) of natural features notified as per the provisions of this
Heritage Conservation Regulation no. 28.2 above, development permissions shall
be granted in accordance with the special regulations prescribed for respective
precincts natural features which shall be framed by the Competent Authority on the
advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee.
Before finalizing the special regulations for precincts/natural features, the draft of
the same shall be published in the official gazette and in leading newspapers for
the purpose of inviting suggestions and objections from the public. All suggestions
and objections received within a period of 60 days from the date of publication in
the official gazette shall be considered by the Competent Authority / Heritage
Conservation Committee.
After consideration of the above suggestions and objections, the Competent
Authority acting on the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee, shall
modify (if necessary) the aforesaid draft special regulations for precincts/natural
features and forward the same to Government for sanction.
Provided that pending consideration of suggestions and objections and pending
final sanction from Government to the above draft special regulations for precincts,
the Competent Authority/Heritage Conservation Committee shall have due regard
to the above draft special regulations while considering applications for
110
development/ re-development, etc., in the respective precincts / natural features.

28.6 APPLICABILITY OF DEVELOPMENT PROPOSALS TO LISTED HERITAGE
BUILDINGS / LISTED HERITAGE PRECINCTS
i) If road widening lines are prescribed under Section 12(2)(d) and/or Section
40(3)(c) of the Gujarat Town Planning & Urban Development Act, 1976, and or any
other Act.. They shall be such so that they will protect and not detract from the listed
heritage precincts / natural features.
ii) If there are any new roads or road widening lines proposed under Section 12(2)(d)
in the Revised Draft or Sanctioned Development Plans the Competent Authority
shall consider the heritage provisions and environmental aspects while
considering applications for development permissions in these precincts.
Necessary steps may be taken to modify the Development Plan accordingly.
Pending this action, the road widening/development of new roads shall not be
carried out.
iii) No widening of the existing roads under the Gujarat Municipalities Act or in the
Revised Draft or Sanctioned Development Plan for Vadodara shall be carried out in
a manner which may affect the existing heritage buildings (even if they are not
included in a Heritage Precinct) or which May affect listed natural features.
iv) If there are any Development Plan reservations shown on heritage buildings, or on
listed natural features the same shall not be implemented. If required, the
Competent Authority on the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee shall
move Government to get these reservations deleted modified as need be.
28.7 INCENTIVE USES FOR LISTED HERITAGE BUILDINGS
Section 10, Section 11, and Section 12 of these regulations define areas where
commercial/ office / hotel uses are not permitted. However, in cases of buildings
included in the Heritage Conservation List, if the owner/ owners/lessees agree to
maintain the listed heritage building as it is in the existing state and to preserve its
heritage state with due repairs and the owner/ owners/ lessees give a written
undertaking to that effect, the owner/ owners/ lessees may be allowed by the
Competent Authority on the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee to
convert part or the whole thereof of the non-commercial area within such a heritage
building to commercial office use/hotel use. Provided that if the heritage building is
not maintained suitably or if the heritage value of the building is allowed to be
spoiled in any manner, the commercial/ office/ hotel use shall be disallowed.
28.8 CREATION OF NEW INCENTIVES FOR HERITAGE CONSERVATION
Incentives may be created for heritage conservation of listed heritage buildings /
listed heritage precincts by the Competent Authority on the advice of the Heritage
Conservation Committee. Where applicable under the provisions of the General
Development Control Regulations of the Revised Development Plan for VUDA or
special regulations for listed heritage buildings/listed heritage precincts, these
incentives may include Transfer of Development Rights, the creation of a Repair
Fund, etc.
The specific provisions for these incentives, where applicable, may be framed by
the Competent Authority on the advice of the Heritage Conservation Committee
111
following the Bombay and Hyderabad models for heritage regulation, and the
same submitted to the government for sanction.
28.9 MAINTAINING SKYLINE AND ARCHITECTURAL HARMONY
Buildings within listed heritage precincts and in the vicinity of listed Grade I
heritage buildings / listed natural features shall maintain the skyline and follow
those architectural styles so 'as not to diminish or destroy the ,value and beauty of
or the view from the said listed heritage precinct / listed heritage building or of the
listed natural features. The term "vicinity" shall be interpreted by the Heritage
Conservation Committee. The development within the listed heritage precinct or in
the vicinity of the listed Grade I heritage building / listed natural features shall be in
accordance with the guidelines framed by the Heritage Conservation Committee.
28.10 RESTRICTIVE COVENANTS
Restrictions existing as on date of this Notification imposed under covenants,
terms and conditions by the leasehold plots either by Government or by
Municipality / Panchayat shall continue to be imposed in addition to the General
Development Control Regulations. However, in case of any conflict with the
heritage preservation interest/ environmental conservation, this Heritage
Regulation shall prevail.
28.11 GRADING OF THE LISTED HERITAGE BUILDINGS/ LISTED HERITAGE
PRECINCTS
In the last column of the said list of Heritage Buildings, Heritage Precincts, grades
such as I, II, III have been indicated. The meaning of these grades and basic
guidelines for development permissions are as follows.
Listing does not prevent change of ownership or usage. However, such usage
should be in harmony with the said listed precinct/building. Care will be taken to
ensure that the development permission relating to these buildings is given without
delay.
GRADE I GRADE II GRADE III

A) DEFINITION
Heritage Grade I comprises Heritage II (A&B) comprises Heritage Grade III comprises
buildings and precincts of national buildings and precincts of buildings and precincts of
or historical importance, regional or local importance importance for townscape;
embodying excellence in possessing special architectural they evoke architectural,
architectural style, design, or aesthetic merit or cultural or aesthetic, or sociological
technology and material usage historical significance though of interest though not as much
and/or aesthetics; they may be a lower scale than in Heritage as in Heritage Grade II. These
associated with a great historic Grade I. They are local contribute to determining the
event, personality, movement or landmarks which contribute to character of the locality and
institution. They have been and the image and identity of the can be representative of the
are the prime landmarks of the region. They may be the work lifestyle of a particular
region. of master craftsmen or may be community or region and may
models of proportion and also be distinguished by
All natural sites shall fall within ornamentation, or designed to setting on a street line, or
Grade I. suit a particular climate. special character, of the
facade and uniformity of
height, width and scale.
112
B) OBJECTIVE
Heritage Grade I richly deserves Heritage Grade II requires Heritage Grade III
careful preservation. intelligent conservation. deserves intelligent
conservation (though on a
lesser scale than Grade II)
and special protection to
unique features and attributes.
C) SCOPE FOR CHANGES
No interventions are permitted GRADE II (A) External, internal changes and
either on exterior or interior of Internal changes and adaptive adaptive reuse would by and
the heritage building or natural reuse and external changes may large be allowed. Changes
feature unless it is necessary in by and large be allowed but can include extensions, and
the interest of strengthening and subject to strict scrutiny. Care additional buildings i n the
prolonging the life of the would be taken to ensure the same plot or compound.
building/s or precincts or any conservation of all special However, any changes should
part or features thereof. For this aspects for which it is included be such that they are in
purpose, absolutely essential in Heritage Grade II. harmony with the surrounding
and minimal changes would be GRADE II (B) area and should be such that
allowed and they must be in In addition to the above, they do not detract from the
accordance with the original. extension or additional building existing heritage building
in the same plot or compound Precinct.
could, in certain circumstances,
be allowed provided that the
extension/additional building is
in harmony wi th (and does not
detract from) the existing
heritage building(s) or precincts,
especially in terms of height
and facade.
D) PROCEDURE
Development permission for Development permission for Development permission for
the changes would be given by the changes would be given by the changes would be given
the Competent Authority on the the Competent Authority on the by the Competent Authority on
advice of the Heritage advice of the Heritage the advice of the Heritage
Conservation Committee to be Conservation Committee to be Conservation Committee to be
appointed by the State appointed by the State appointed by the State
Government. Government. Government.
E) VISTAS - SURROUNDING DEVELOPMENT
All development in areas
surrounding Heritage Grade I
shall be regulated and
controlled, ensuring that it
does not mar the grandeur of,
or the view from Heritage
Grade I.
28.12 DEMOLITION I RECONSTRUCTION I ALTERATION
Nothing mentioned under these regulations should be deemed to confer a right on
the owner / occupier of the plot to demolish and/or reconstruct and/or make
alterations to his listed heritage building / buildings in a listed heritage precinct if in
the opinion of the Heritage Conservation Committee, such demolition I
reconstruction I alteration is undesirable.
113
28.13 EXTERIOR DESIGN AND HEIGHT OF BUILDINGS

So as to preserve the beauty of the heritage precincts and/or buildings, the
Heritage Conservation Committee shall have the power to direct, especially in
areas designated by them, that the exterior design and height of buildings should
have their prior approval.
28.14 COMPOSITION OF HERITAGE CONSERVATION COMMITTEE
A. The Government shall constitute a Heritage Conservation Committee and frame
the terms of reference.
B. The composition and qualifications of the Heritage Committee shall be as follows:
1 Chairperson Retired Municipal Commissioner of the Municipal Corporation or

retired Secretary of Govt. of Gujarat with relevant experience.
2 Member A Structural Engineer having experience of 10 years in the field
3 2 Members Two Architects having 10 years experience in design and
membership in the Council of Architecture:
i) Urban designer
ii) Architect having experienc e in conservation architecture
4 Member A technical officer of the Archaeological Survey of India (not below
the rank of Asst. Director)
5 Member A technical officer of the State Archaeological Dept. (not below the
rank of Asst. Director)
6 Member An En vironmentalist having in -depth knowledge and experience of
10 years of subject matter
7 Member An Architectural /Urban Historian having 10 years experience in The
field.
8 Member Chief Town Planner, Govt. of Gujarat or his representative not below
the rank of Senior Town Planner.
9 Member Chief Executive Authority, VUDA

10 Member Town Planner, VUDA
11 Member Secretary Dy. Municipal Commissioner, VMC
The tenure of the members of category (2), (3), (6), and (7) above shall change after every
three years provided that the same person shall be eligible for re-appointment as Member.
C) The terms of reference of the Committee shall be, inter-alia,

(i) to advise the Competent Authority whether development permission
should be granted (under Regulation no. 28.2), and the conditions of such
permissions.
(ii) to prepare a supplementary list of buildings, artifacts, structures, areas,
precincts of historic, aesthetic, architectural, cultural, or environmental
significance and a supplementary list of natural features of environmental
significance or scenic beauty including sacred groves, hills, hillocks, water
114
bodies (and the areas adjoining the same), open areas, wooded areas,
etc., to which this Regulation shall apply (vide Regulation no. 28.3)
(iii) to advise whether any relaxation, modification, alteration, or variance of
any of the General Development Control Regulations, is called for (vide
Regulation no. 28.4).
(iv) to advise the Competent Authority in framing special regulations for listed
heritage precincts (vide Regulation no. 28.5).
(v) to advise the Competent Authority on applicability of development
proposals affecting listed heritage buildings/listed precincts and on moving
the Government to modify the same (vide Regulation no. 28.6)
(vi) to advise the Competent Authority whether to allow commercial/ office/
hotel uses in the listed heritage buildings/heritage precincts and when to
terminate the same (vide Reg. 28.7)
(vii) to advise the Competent Authority in creating new incentives for heritage
conservation (vide Regulation no. 28.8).
(viii) to recommend to the Competent Authority guidelines to be adopted by
those private parties or public/government agencies who sponsor
beautification schemes at public intersections and elsewhere within listed
heritage buildings /listed heritage precincts.
(ix) to prepare special designs and guidelines / publications for listed heritage
buildings, control of height and essential facade characteristics such as
maintenance of special types of balconies and other heritage items of the
buildings and to suggest suitable designs adopting appropriate materials
for replacements keeping the old form intact to the extent possible.
(x) to prepare guidelines relating to design elements and conservation
principles to be adhered to and
(xi) to prepare other guidelines for the purposes of this Regulation. .
(xii) to advise the Competent Authority on any other issues as may be required
from time to time during the course of scrutiny of development permission
and in overall interest of heritage/ environmental conservation.
(xiii) to appear before the Government either independently or through or on
behalf of the Competent Authority in cases of appeals related to listed
heritage buildings /listed heritage precincts.
115
29. SUPPLEMENTAL AND MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

29.1 INTERPRETATION
In any question or dispute arises with regard to interpretation of any of these
regulations the decision of the Competent Authority shall be final.
29.2 DISCRETIONARY POWERS
(a) In conformity with the intent and spirit of these Regulations, the Competent
Authority may :-
(i) Decide on matters where it is alleged that there is an error in any
order, requirement, decision, determination made by any
Competent Authority under delegation of powers in Regulation or
interpretation in the application of these Regulations.
(ii) Interpretation of road alignment as per site situation.
(iii) If a line of the zone divides a plot in to two different zone the
approval in the land falling under non-permissive zone shall be
given up to 25% of land subject to maximum area up to 1000sq. mt.
In respective permissible zone.
(iv) Authorize the erection of a building or the use of premises for a
public service undertaking for public utility purposes only, where he
finds such an authorization to be reasonably necessary for the
public convenience and welfare, even if it is not permitted in any
land use classification.
(b) In specific cases where a clearly demonstrable hardship is caused, the
Competent Authority may for reasons to be recorded in writing, by special
permission permit any of the dimension prescribed I these Regulations to
be modified, except those relating to floor space indices unless otherwise
permitted under these regulations, provided that the relaxation that will not
affect the health, safety, fire safety, structural safety and public safety of the
inhabitants of the building and the neighborhood.
116
30 PANALTIES
Any person contravening any of the aforesaid regulation or any of the provisions of
the Development Plan shall on such contravention be liable to punishment as
provided in the Gujarat Town Planning & Urban Development Act 1976, and Rules
framed thereunder as in force from time to time.
117
31. TREE PLANTATION
118
119
120
32. ZONING & PROVISIONS
Use - Zone Table
Note : Development as mentioned in Col.3 & 4 may be permitted only on roads as specified in regulation No.11. 2
Type of development for Type of development which Type of development which

Sr. Zone
Which the zone is primarily may be permitted by may not be permitted Remark
No.
Intended Competent Authority
1 2 3 4 5 6
1. Residential a) Residential Dwellings, Play fields, L.P.G. Cylinder delivery center Obnoxious and hazardous uses, All permissible non-residential uses in
Zone I & gardens, gymnasium, swimming for domestic consumption, coal steel stock yard, truck terminal, residential zone may be permitted in a
Residential pool, etc., depot, etc. on ground floor of saw mill, timber mart, ice factory residential dwelling only on ground floor
Zone II b) Part of the residential building may building used for permissible and cold storage, junk yard, non- or any other floor or any other floor with
be permitted to use as office, in non residential use. obnoxious and non hazardous separate means of access/ stair cases
case of professional, requirements, industries, wholesale market, from within the building or outside the
such as advocates, doctors, warehouses, market, storage of building but not within the prescribed
architects, engineers, chartered perishable and inflammable marginal space.
accountants, etc., bank, public goods, hospital for infectious and
buildings, educational institutions, contagious diseases, mental
such as secondary school, college, hospital, jail etc.
technical and vocational education
institutions, library, community hall,
auditorium, town hall & All
development activities related to
Information Technology
c) Cottage industries not involving the
use of or installation of any
machinery driven by power of any
kind and which do not create noise,
vibration, fume dust etc, provided
that such home occupations and
cottage industries shall not be
permissible in the tenament
dwellings or flats, playfields,
gardens, gymnasium swimming
pool etc.
d) Retail commercial use such as retail
shops, restaurants, lodging,
houses, boarding houses etc.
hostel, pre-primary schools,
dispensary, clinic, maternity home,
pathological laboratory, service
establishment (residential) light
home workshop etc.
e) Theatre/Cinema hall/Starred hotel/
Malls/ Multiplex /Hyper shopping.
Shopping/Commercial center,
professional offices, bank, hotel,
public buildings, educational
121
professional offices, bank, hotel, public
buildings, educational institutions such
as secondary, high school, college,
technical and vocational educational
institutions, library, indoor hospital, nursing
home, surgical hospital, club houses,
community hall, wadi party plot, auditorium
town hall, petrol pump/ gas station with or
without service station, garages, light
industries, workshop etc.
Development Activities related to tourism,
sponsored/ recommended by Tourism
Dept. of Gujarat Govt.
2 Residential Individual houses, residence, educational
Zone III and cultural uses, public utility services
and any other use as directed by the
---------- ---------- ----------
Government and all uses permitted in
sr.No.1 column no.3
3 Restricted Residential Dwelling Units according to
Residential the provisions of clause no 15 of
Zone. development of low cost housing.
“50% of the plot/building unit shall be
permitted to be used as per the
regulations governing the residential zone
R1 and for the remaining area, only
residential development with dwelling ---------- ---------- ----------
units in accordance, to the provisions of
clause no 15 of development of low cost
housing shall be permitted. Provided that
such dwelling units shall not exceed 80
sqmts and 50% which shall have
maximum builtup area of 40 sqmts”.
4. Existing All uses mentioned in Col.3 of zone at L.P.G. Cylinder delivery center All uses mentioned in Col.5 of
Nucleus/ Sr.No. I except those mentioned in Col 4 (for domestic consumption) zone at Sr.No.1. college,
Node/ Gamtal & 5 of this zone. Theatre/Cinema hall/Starred community hall, auditorium, town
(as defined hotel. hall, vocational and technical,
under Theatre/Cinema hall/Starred technical educational institutions,
regulation hotel/ Malls/ Multiplex /Hyper coal depot, storage of perishable
----------
No.2.13) shopping. and inflammable goods.
Development Activities related
to tourism, sponsored/
recommended by Tourism Dept.
of Gujarat Govt.
5. General All uses mentioned in Col.3 of zone at
Commercial Sr.No.1 except residential use. Wholesale Obnoxious and hazardous uses,
zone GCZ market and their ancillary uses, ice factory non-obnoxious and non-
and cold storage, warehouses, godowns, hazardous industries, hospitals
transport terminal or goods and for infectious and contiguous
------------ ----------
passengers, kerosene depot, steel stock diseases, mental hospital, jail.
yard, saw mill, timber stock yard (lati) junk
yard ( kabadi) L.P.G. cylinder storage
depot, storage of perishable goods.
122
6. Local All uses mentioned in Col.3 of zone at All other uses not mentioned in
Commercial Sr.No.1 Coal depot, L.P.G. cylinder Col.3 & 4.
------------ ------------
zone LCZ delivery center, newspaper printing press.
7 Special a. Specific use for this node: ------- (a) Minimum building unit 10,000
Node No. I i. All activities relating to I.T. sq.mts.
(IT, Finance and I.T. ‘e, financial service . (b) The provisions of FSI
services & ii. Technology – dependent of mentioned in clause no.12.3.1
related computer – based facilities (a) of Residential Zone-II is
activities) dedicated to the processing of applicable.
data for analysis of
information, provided that
these information services
related to “i” above .
b. Office related to specific use for
this node, educational/ technical
institutions, training and
research centres, library, central
library, Museum, Technology
display centres,
demonstration/exhibition halls,
community hall, auditoriums,
convention halls, banks,
institutional building etc.
c. Supplementary services to
specific use above shall include
Residential Dwellings, Hostels
gardens, gymnasium, swimming
pool, etc. for employees of
company staying in colonies.
Retail commercial use such as
retail shops, restaurants,
lodging, houses, boarding
houses etc. dispensary, clinic,
institutional buildings, govt., semi
govt. buildings, buildings of
public sector undertakings.
d. Service industry and light small
scale non-polluting non-
obnoxious industry.
e. All uses mentioned in column -3
of Residential Zone-I.
123
8A Special Node a. Specific use for this node: (a) Minimum building unit 10,000
No II i. All activities, related to ------- sq.mts.
(Technology & technology & Bio teach (b) The provisions of FSI
Biotech Park) Industries, R&D centre, storage
mentioned in clause no.12.3.1
& office facilities, Industrial
activity (non obnoxious) relating (a) of Residential Zone-II is
to biotech, applicable.
ii. Laboratories and related
facilities intended for basic and
applied research, production or
assembly, development or
testing of technology-based
products and services.
iii. Pilot plants in which prototype
production processes can be
tested and used for assembly of
products for research and
development of technology and
all types of service industries.
b. All uses mentioned in “b”, “c” & "d" of
Sr. No. 7 above.
c. All uses mentioned in column -3
of Residential Zone-I.
8B Knowledge a. Specific use for this node: -- -- (a) Minimum building unit 10,000
Township i. Offices and related facilities of sq.mts.
Knowledge – driven companies (b) The provisions of FSI
and organizations , research &
educational institutes, training,
research, university are continuing (a) of Residential Zone-II is
education or extension programs, applicable.
engineering associations.
ii. Incidental operations required to
maintain of support any uses
permitted above, such as
instrumentation shops, micro –
electronics, and machine shops.,
Engineering units and service
industries
b. All uses mentioned in column -3 of
Residential Zone-I.
c. All uses mentioned in “b”, “c” & "d" of
Sr. No. 7 above.
8C Health node a. Specific use for this node: --- --- (a) Minimum building unit 10,000
i. Medical Centre (exclu ding sq.mts.
infectious and contagious diseases, (b) The provisions of FSI
mental hospitals), and related
education, training and research
centres, with common ancillary (a) of Residential Zone-II is
facilities; applicable.
124
ii. Corporate regional and divisional
headquarters of medical
technology research – based of
companies and organizations
iii. Offices and related facilities of non
profit research of educational
institutes, as well as professional,
training, research, scientific of
engineering associations.
iv. Corporate and professional
training facilities provided that
these facilities ma intain ongoing
cooperative relationships with the
university are continuing
education or extension programs.
v. Incidental operations required to
maintain of support any uses
permitted above, such as
instrumentation shops, micro –
electronics, and machine sho ps.,
Engineering units , and service
industries
b. All uses mentioned in “a(ii) & a(iii) of
Sr. No.8 above. All uses mentioned
in “b” & “c” of Sr. No. 7 above.
c. Uses permitted in Residential-II
zone.
9 Non- All industries except obnoxious and Storage of inflammable goods, Obnoxious and hazardous For residential dwelling mentioned in
Obnoxious hazardous industries as mentioned in residential dwellings only for industries, mental hospital, Col.4 maximum 25% land can be
and non- Appendix-A industrial workers and other hospital for infectious and utilized for planning the dwelling units.
hazardous public utility service staff, contagious diseases, jail, dwelling
industrial zone All uses mentioned in Col.3 of zone at working within the industrial except mentioned in col.4 of this
NOI Sr.No.4 premises. Quarrying of gravel, zone.
sand, clay and stone. Dumping
of solid industrial wastes
(subject to N.O.C. and
conditions laid down by
Pollution Control Board)
10 Obnoxious All obnoxious and hazardous Residential dwelling only for Residential dwelling except As above.
industrial workers and other public
and industries as mentioned in Appendix - utility service staff working within the
mentioned in Col.4 of this zone.
Hazardous A, storage of inflammable goods. industrial premises. Quarrying of Hospital for infectious and
industrial gravel, sand, clay and stone. contagious diseases, mental
Dumping of solid industrial wastes
zone OI (subject to N.O.C. and conditions hospital, jail.
laid down by Pollution Control Board)
125
11. Agricultural Horticulture, poultry keeping subject to the Slaughter house, touring All other uses not mentioned in 1) Building to be constructed at a
Zone N.O.C./Approval and conditions laid down cinema, drive in cinema, video Col.3 and Col.4. distance of not less than 30 mts. from
by the Dept. of poultry, Dairy cinema, storage of inflammable the classified road, on which it abuts.
Development, fisheries, animal rearing materials and explosive goods All other uses not mentioned in
2) Permissible Built-up area (ground
and breeding, open storage of drying subject to NOC/Approval and Column. No. and 4.
coverage) permissible:
manure. Farm house located in land of conditions laid down by
not less than 4000 sq. Mts., Camp for concerned department/authority a) for farm house it shall not exceed 5%
recreation of any type natural reserves dealing with such work. of the land area with maximum
and sanctuaries, race track, shooting Dumping of solid industrial permissible height 7.5 mtrs.
range, zoo, nursery, stadium, botanical waste subject to N.O.C. and
b) Agrobased uses activities for this
garden, agricultural equipment, repair of conditions laid down by
zoning regulation, ground coverage
tools and equipment of agricultural use. Pollution Control Board.
shall not exceed 5% of the land area
Tannery saw mill, timber depot, uses
with maximum permissible height
pertaining to processing of agro/farm/milk Institutional Buildings, govt.,
7.5mts.
products, institutional uses, and semi govt. buildings, Buildings
vocational training centers. Wayside of public sector undertakings, Incase of public and semi-public uses
shops, restaurant, ice factory and cold Garden houses, petrol filling and buildings of charitable & religious
storage, go-downs and warehouses station, educational and Medical purposes the competent authority may
subject to NOC/Approval and conditions institutions (excluding infectious permit development activities to the
laid down by warehousing and contagious diseases, extent of 15% of the land area with
corporation/FCI/Appropriate Govt./Semi- mental hospitals), Training and maximum permissible height 10 mts.
Govt. Department, Transport-nagar and research centers, building for The above restriction of built up area
truck terminal, hospital for infectious and autonomous bodies related to shall not apply to the following uses
contagious diseases, mental hospital and their activities statutory subject to maximum ground coverage
sanitarium subject to NOC/Approval and organizations, convention of 15% of the land with maximum
conditions laid down by civil surgeon. centers. permissible height 10 mts.
Petrol pump/Gas stations with or without i) Education, Hospital for
service station, garages and workshop, infectious and contagious
studio, roofing tiles cement pipes, brick disease, Mental hospitals
kiln, mining and quarrying, cemetery and sanitarium.
burial ground jail. ii) Jail
iii) Transport nagar and
Truck terminal
iv) Slaughter house, cold Storage
v) Govt./Semi Govt./FCI
go downs and Warehouses
and charitable trust.
vi) Development activities related to
tourism approved by tourism
Department of Government.
c) Only basement, ground floor and
first floor structure may be permitted
however, the structure for storage of
inflammable material and explosive
goods shall be single storied only
3) For poultry farm, sheds of floor
height upto 10 mts. at the ridge level
of the roof with perforated jail on all
the sides maximum 25% ground
coverage shall be permitted.
126
12. Village All uses of Residential Area zone All uses of Residential zone All uses mentioned in col.5 of For natural growth. of Village
Extension permitted in Col.3 at Sr. No.1 permitted in col.4 at Sr. No.1, residential zone at Sr.No.1 i) Village extension area around
Area (Villages Cinema, and Light industrial, existing gamtal, gam-talav and
outside medium industries. adjoining the existing gamtal limit will
urbanized be for development of the respective
area failing in village for its natural growth
agricultural
zone only) 2) For the natural growth of the
villages, the development permission
for uses mentioned in Col.3 and 4 may
be permitted in area adjoining existing
nucleus in revenue survey numbers
outside existing nucleus within,
a) 300 mt. from the limit of existing
nucleus of village having population
of 5000 or less.
b) 600 mt. from the limit of existing
nucleus of village having population
of more than 5000.
13 Recreation Recreation of any type, residential Farm houses, hotels as per All other uses not mentioned in 1. More than one farm house may be
accommodation and shops/Mall incidental norms notified by the tourism Col.3 & 4. permitted provided the minimum area
to recreation, aquarium, natural reserve Corporation of Gujarat. required for farm house as permitted in
and sanctuary race track shooting range, agriculture zone with builtup area on
zoo, nursery, stadium, botanical garden, ground floor not exceeding 15% of
Camp for recreation of any type, club, building unit. With maximum F.S.I. not
aquarium, planetarium, amusement park. exceeding 0.25% only G.F. and F.F.
swimming pool, exhibition and mela, shall be permitted.
drive-in-cinema/ Multiplex, motion picture
hall, cinema, restaurants, party plots,
recreational use of water park, resorts,
hotels, stared hotels and motels as per
norms notified by the tourism corporation
of Gujarat and other development
activities related to tourism sponsored
/recommended by tourism Department of
the Government.
14. Restricted The land (defense area, gardens and
Area RA parks and other lands belonging to
institutions) is designated as restricted
area under section 12(2)(k) and
---------- ---------- ----------
accordingly permission shall be granted
for the use as defined by the institution for
their own purpose.
15. Restricted The land is designated as restricted area
Zone RZ-1 under section 12(2)(j) and accordingly, all
Structures / buildings or developments
which are necessary to control floods/ ---------- ---------- ----------
prevent pollution of the river/ pond/lake
and its vicinity land shall be permitted.
127
16 Restricted The land is designated as restricted area
Zone RZ-2 under section 12(2)(h&j) and accordingly,
all Structures / buildings or developments
which are necessary to control floods/
prevent pollution of the river/ pond/lake
and its vicinity land shall be permitted.
Also developments / constructions not ---------- ---------- ----------
exceeding 5% of the building unit with
ground floors only, and which would
preserve / conserve / enhance the natural
scenery and landscape of the area shall
be permitted.
Zone RZ-3 under section 12(2)(n), (which are along
----------
the roads/ canal) and accordingly, no
---------- ----------
development shall be permitted in such
areas.
Zone RZ-4 under section 12(2)(h&i), (which are
around Laxmi Vilas Palace, required to be
kept open to preserve, conserve and
development of the area for natural
----------
scenery and landscape) all Structures /
---------- ----------
buildings or developments which would
preserve features, structures or place as
historical, natural, architectural or
scientific interest and of educational
value.
19 Public & Semi These lands are owned by specific
Public PSP institutions constituted under law and are ----------
expected to carry out development in ---------- ----------
accordance to law.
Note :
1. For the residential development in the villages falling within the air pollution boundary, the development shall be carried out as per the following condition:
a. The minimum width of internal road in layout shall be 9.0 mt.
b. Built up area on G.F. shall not exceed 30%.
c. Tree plantation to the extent or 4 trees per building or 50 trees per hectare is compulsory.
2. Public utility services buildings, which shall include buildings or works developed or undertaken by to Govt./Simi-Govt. or public undertaking only, such as Sub-station, and receiving station
of the electricity Board. Building for infrastructure facilities like bus service, water supply, drainage, sanitation, domestic garbage disposal, pumping station, electricity, purification plant,
police building post and telegraph and telecommunication, public urinals, milk, octroi and public telephone booth, fire brigade station, ward and zonal offices of appropriate authority, taxies,
scooter and cycle stand and parking plot, garden, nursery, playground and open spaces, canal, communication network first aid medical center, primary health center, dispensary, library,
reading room and religious building/places of public worship may be permitted in all zones.The built-up area in case of religious building up/places public worship shall not exceed 10% of
plot area.
3. One sixth (1/6th) area of the “open space plots” provided under T.P. schemes may be utilized for construction with required margins for the common/ institutional /community use having
basement ground floor or a floor on stilt only. In addition to the stair cabins and ramps, 5% of the permissible built up area of this plot shall be allowed to be built-up on for the construction of
store room, chawkidar room, toilet etc. at the ground level, in case the building is constructed on still. The rest of the “open space plot” shall be kept open to sky.
4. LANDUSE ZONING IN HAZARD PRONE AREAS.
In natural Hazard prone areas namely the earthquake prone zones as per IS:1893, the cyclone prone areas as per IS:875 Part-3 and flood prone areas as per the Flood Atlas prepared by
the Central Water Commission and/ or the flood departments of the State, the development shall be regulated to ensure special protection from hazards from hazards for any type of
development irrespective of use zone. Where as the hazard prone areas identified as per the Vulnerability Atlas of India-1997 (or revisions thereof) prepared by Govt. of India or as may be
prepared by State Government from time to time shall be used for such regulations, as given in Appendix-B. Further Action for protection from these hazards is to be dealth with taking into
consideration the Guidelines given in Appendix-C.
5. For Railway Container Depot the permission shall be issued for development for structures for Railway Department.
6. No development shall be permitted in area designated for water body, pond and talav in development pla.
128
EXPLANATION :
1. LIGHT INDUSTRY :
Light Industry mean an industry in which the processes are carried out without
detriment to the neighboring residential area by reason of noise, vibration, smell,
fumes, smoke, soot, ash, dust or grit. It will be subject to the following restrictions:
i) Power used will be electrical.
ii) Maximum power used will be 10 KW which may be enhanced upto 25 KW by
the Competent Authority in special case of genuine expansion of existing
factory which may have reached the maximum limit of power.
iii) Maximum floor space occupied should be 500 sq.Mts.
iv) It will be housed in a building suitable for the purpose. However, it shall not
include the following industries:
Manufacture or refining of ammonia, bleaching powder, chlorine, asphalt, brick,
terra-cotta, gypsum, lime, plaster of Paris, coke, creosote, exetrain, glucose, starch,
dye, explosive of fire works or storage thereof in excess of three 50 Kg. Fertilizers,
gas (fuel or illuminating) in excess of hundred cubic Mt., gelatine or glue or zic from
fish or animal refuse or offal, hydrochloric acid, nitric acid, sulphuric or sulphurous
acid, lead black, linoleum or oil cloth, matches, pyrexylin or articles thereof or
storage in excess of 250 Kg. Rubber or treatment thereof involving offensive odour,
tar, turpentine or Blast furnace, coal or junk yard, distillation of bores, coal weed or
tar or manufacture of any of their distilled product, drop forsages, fat grease lard of
fallow manufacture, refining or rendering lout or grist mill, hot rolling mill,
incineration, reduction, or dumping of dead animals, garbage or refuse expect when
accumulated and consumed on the same premises without the emission of odour,
production or refining or storage above ground of petroleum or other inflammable
liquids except heating fuels, slaughtering of animals tanning or curing or storage of
raw hides and skins, tire recapping.
2. SERVICE ESTABLISHMENT (RESIDENTIAL):
The Service Establishment wherein the work done or the machinery installed in such
as would render service to the local residents and would satisfy their day-to-day
residential needs and which does not create nuisance to the surrounding
development in terms of noise dust and air pollution. It will be subject to the following
restrictions :
ii) Maximum power used to be 10 KW for residential zone and not more than 25
KW in commercial zone.
iii) Maximum floor space occupied will be 50 sq.mts.
iv) It shall be detached and housed in a shop or a building specially designed for
the purpose. Such establishment may be petrol pumps, service station, flour
mill, bakery, laundry, air compressor unit, electrical motors, optical repair and
watch repair shops, repair of musical instruments, carpentry, book-binding,
129
printing press, paper-cutting, water cooling, and juice extracting units, black-
smithy, vulcanizing, motor winding, cutting and nut cutting units etc.
3. LIGHT HOME WORKSHOPS :-
Light Home Workshop means a workshop wherein the work done or the machinery
installed is such as could be done or installed in any residential area without
detriment to the neighborhood by means of noise, vibration, smell, fumes, smoke,
soot, ash, dust or grit etc.
It will be subject to the following restrictions:
ii) Maximum power used will be 1.5 KW.
iii) Maximum floor space occupied will be 20 sq.mts.
iv) It will be worked by the members of the family.
v) Any part of the machinery including pulley, belt shafts etc. shall be attached to
the walls or other parts of the building except the floor at which the same
machinery is supported.
Such home workshop may be gold smithy, milk or curd churning, pills making,
stitching embroidery, tailoring, vulcanising, sewing machine, folding machine,
milk-separation.
4. OBNOXIOUS AND HAZARDOUS INDUSTRY :-
Obnoxious & hazardous industry means industry which will create nuisance to the
surrounding development in the form of smell, smoke, gas, air pollution, water
pollution and other unhygienic conditions.
5. WORKSHOP :-
Workshop is a place wherein work done or machinery installed is such as would
render service to the local business people and would satisfy their day-to-day
commercial needs and shall be subject to the following restrictions:
i) The workshop is not governed under the Indian Factories Act.
ii) The plinth area of the structure in which the workshop is to be housed shall not
exceed 80 sq.mts.
130
APPENDIX : A
LIST OF OBNOXIOUS AND HAZARDOUS INDUSTRIES
Sr.No. Industrial Groups Noxious Characteristics

01. 02. 03.
(1) CHEMICAL INDUSTRY: -
A. Inorganic Manufacturing Industries:
i) Acids, sulphuric acid, nitric acid, acetic Fire hazards, offecsive fumes and
acid (glacial) picric acid, hydrochloric - smokes.
phosphoric acid, carbalic acid etc.
ii) Alkalis, caustic soda, caustic potash, Fire hazards, corrosive substances.
soda ash etc.
iii) Production of mineral salts which Risk of fire, dust and fumes.
involves use of acids.
iv) Carbon disulphide, ultramarine blue,
chlorine, hydrogen.
B. Organic Manufacturing Industries :

i) Dyes and dyestuff intermediate Washer water is acidic contain
manufacture. quantities of sluge.
ii) Synthetic plastic like polyethylene Distillates from reaction vessels, fire
P.V.C rexin, raisin nylon. risk also.
iii) Synthetic rubber. Liquid effluents with unpleasant
smell.
iv) Inspecticides, fungicides and Unpleasant smell and dust, fire
pesticides. hazards.
v) Phenoils and related industries based Risk of fire.
on coal tar distillations.
vi) Organic solvents, chlorinated minerals, Fire hazards, unpleasant smell
methanol, methylated spirits.
vii) Manufacture of compressed Risk of fire.
permanent liquified and dissolved
gases.
viii) Acetylides pyridines, lotoform, Risk of fire, smell.
B-Nepthol etc.
131
(2) MISCELLANEOUS :- Risk of fire.

Electro-thermal industries such as
manufacture of calcium carbide,
phosporous, aluminum dust, paste,
powder, copper, zinc etc.
(3) POSITIONS :
I. Ammonium Sulpho -cyanide, aresenic Contamination if stored on same
and its compound, barium acctates, floor as or on floors above food (fire
barium bodies, barium carbonate, hazards in any case.)
barium cyanide, barium ethylsuphate,
barium acetate, cinnabar copper
sulphocyanide, Ferrocyanides,
nitrocyanic acid, pottassium cyanide
etc.
Manufacture of cellulosic products : Risk of fire.
Rayon fibre , waster products,
rayophans paper etc. cellulose, nitrate,
celluoid articles, scrap & solution.
Paints, enamels, colours, varnish Risk of fire and smell.
(other than Litho Varnish) and Varnish
remover of all kinds.
Turpentine & turpentine substitutes. Fire hazards.
Matches.
Printing ink. Fire hazards.
Industrial alcohol. Unpleasant smell
Manufacture of newsprint. Unpleasant smell, enormous
quantity of contaminated waste, fire
hazards.
II Petroleum Products :
1) Crude oil refining, processing & Inflammable fumes & noise.
cracking, petroleum jelly, neptha
cracking, including gas cracking for
any purpose.
2) Carbon black manufacture and black of Fire hazards
all kinds.
132
3) Petroleum coke usage fo r graphite Fire hazards.

production.
4) Lubricating & Fuel oils & other oils Fire hazards.
such as schise oil, shale oil etc.
III Rubber Industry

Reclamation of rubber and production Fire hazards.
of tyres, rubber solutions containing
mineral neptha and rubber waste.
XI. Heavy Engineering & Forgoing shops :
Using steam & power hammers & Noise, vibration & smoke.
heavy metal forgings.
XII. Wood & Wood Products :
Distillation of Wood. Fire hazards.
XIII Textiles :
1) Oil sheets & waterproof clothing
a) Wool spinning. Wool washing liquors containing
certain impurities.
2) Clean rags (not including clean textiles Fire hazards.
cutting only) and grassy rags.
3) Flax yarn & other fiber. Fire hazards.
4) Textile finishing bleaching and dyeing. Waste water containing acid etc.
XIV Foods :
1) Vegetable oils. Noise, unpleasant smell.
2) Abottories. Water, water with obnoxious smell.
3) Alcohol distilleries and breweries & Oxygen causing unpleasant smell,
potanis spirit. Noise, fire hazards.
4) Suger refining. Unpleasant smell, Fire hazards.
XV. Transport :
Manufacture of aircraft, locomotives, Smoke and noise.
tractors etc.
133
Appendix-B
LAND USE ZONING IN HAZARD PRONE AREAS – GUIDELINES (Regulation No.
32.1)
1. OBJECTIVES
1.1. The basic objective of land use zoning is to regulate land use in hazard
prone areas to minimise the damage caused to the habitat, as a result of
natural hazards viz. earthquakes, cyclonic storms and floods which recur
from time to time. Land Use Zoning, therefore, aims at determining the
locations and the extent of areas likely to be adversely affected by the
hazards of different intensities and frequencies, and to develop such areas
in a fashion that the loss to the development is reduced to the minimum.
1.2. Land Use Zoning envisages certain restrictions on the indiscriminate
development of the "unprotected" hazard prone areas and to specify
conditions for safer development by protecting the area from severe
losses. In the former case, boundaries of different zones are to be
established to prevent unrestricted growth there.
2. SCOPE
2.1 Areas covered under Development Plan
The guidelines for Land Use Zoning in Hazard Prone Areas are to be taken
into consideration while formulating the Development Plan and Area Plan
under the Town Planning and Urban Development Act.
2.2 Areas not covered under Development Plan
In such areas, these guidelines may be issued to the various local bodies,
Municipalities, Individual Areas and Panchayats, enabling them to act
while sitting various development projects and deciding on construction of
buildings, etc.
3. IDENTIFICATION OF HAZARD PRONE AREAS
3.1 Earthquake Prone Areas
a. Intensities of VII or more on Modified Mercalli or MSK intensity scale are
considered moderate to high. Areas under seismic zone III, IV and V as
specified in IS 1893 are based on intensities VII, VIII, IX or more. Therefore, all
areas in these three zones will be considered prone to earthquake hazards.
b. In these zones the areas which have soil conditions including the level of water
table favourable to liquefaction or settlements under earthquake vibrations
will have greater risk to buildings and structures which will be of special
consideration under Land Use Zoning.
c. Under these zones, those hilly areas which are identified to have poor stability
conditions and where landslides could be triggered by earthquake or where
due to prior saturated conditions, mud flow could be initiated by earthquakes
and where avalanches could be triggered by earthquake will be specially risk
134
prone.
d. Whereas, earthquake hazard prone areas defined in 'a' above are identified
on the map given in IS 1893 to small scale and more easily identified in the
larger scale state wise maps given in the Vulnerability Atlas of India, the
special risky areas as defined in 'b' and 'c' above, have to be determined
specifically for the planning area under consideration through special studies
to be carried out by geologists and geo-technical engineers.
3.2 Cyclone Prone Areas
a. Areas prone to cyclonic storms are along the sea coast of India where the
cyclonic wind velocities of 47 meter per second or more are specified in the
Wind Velocity Map given in IS 875 (part 3) to a small scale and easily identified
in the Vulnerability Atlas of India where the Maps are drawn state wise to a
larger scale.
b. In these cyclone prone areas, those areas which are likely to be subjected to
heavy rain induced floods or to flooding by sea-water under the conditions of
storm surge, are specially risky due to damage by flood flow and inundation
under water.
c. Whereas, areas under 'a' are easily identified, those with special risk as under
'b' have to be identified by special contour survey of the planning area under
consideration and study of the past flooding and storm surge history of the
area. These studies may have to be carried out through the Survey of India or
locally appointed survey teams, and by reference to the Central Water
Commission, Government of India and the concerned department of Gujarat
State.
3.3 Flood Prone Areas
a. The flood prone areas in river plains (unprotected and protected by bunds) are
indicated in the Flood Atlas of India prepared by the Central Water
Commission and reproduced on larger scale in the state wise maps in the
Vulnerability Atlas of India.
b. Besides the above areas, other areas can be flooded under conditions of
heavy intensity rains, inundation in depressions, backflow in drains,
inadequate drainage, failure of protection works, etc.
c. Whereas, the flood prone areas under 'a' are identified on the available maps
as indicated, the areas under 'b' have to be identified through local contour
survey and study of the flood history of the planning area. Such studies may be
carried out through Survey of India or local survey teams, and by reference to
the Central Water Commission and the concerned department of Gujarat
State.
3.3.1 Land Use Zoning for Flood Safety
Some important considerations for regulating the land use in the planning
areas are given below:
135
i. Every settlement needs some open areas such as parks, play-

grounds, gardens etc. In one way it will be possible to develop such
areas by restricting any building activity in vulnerable areas. Such a
development will be in the interest of providing proper environment for
the growth of such settlement.
ii. On the same analogy, certain areas on either side of the existing and
proposed drains (including rural drains) should be declared as green
belts where no building or other activity should be allowed. This will not
only facilitate improvements of these drains in future for taking
discharges on account of growing urbanisation, but will also help in
minimising the damage due to drainage congestion wherever rainfall
of higher frequency than designed is experienced. These green belts
at suitable locations can also be developed as parks and gardens.
iii. In the existing developed areas, possibilities of protecting/ relocation/
exchanging the sites of vital installation like electricity sub-
station/power houses, telephone exchange, etc. should be seriously
examined, so that these are always safe from possible flood damage.
Similarly, the pump station the tube wells meant for drinking water
supply should be raised above the high flood levels.
iv. Similarly, possibility of removing or bypassing buildings/structures
obstructing existing natural drainage lines should be seriously
considered. In any case, with immediate effect unplanned growth can
be restricted so that no construction obstructing natural drainage or
resulting in increased flood hazard is allowed.
4. APPROACH FOR LAND USE ZONING
Following two alternatives can be adopted for dealing with the disaster risk
problems.
a. Leaving the area unprotected. In this case it will be necessary to specify Land
Use Zoning for various development purposes as recommended under Para
6.
b. Using protection methods for the areas as a whole or in the construction of
buildings, structures and infrastructure facilities to cater for the hazard
intensities likely in the planning area as recommended under Appendix-B.
It will be appropriate to priorities buildings, structures and infrastructures in terms
of their importance from the point of view of impact of damage on the socio-
economic structure of the society. Prioritisation scheme is suggested under
Para 5.
5. PRIORITISATION
In regard to Land Use Zoning, different types of buildings and utility services may
be grouped under three priorities as indicated below.
Priority 1. Defence installation, industries, public utilities like hospitals, electricity
136
installations, water supply, telephone exchange, aerodromes, railway stations,

commercial centers, libraries, other buildings or installations with contents of high
economic value.
Priority 2. Public institutions, Government offices, universities and residential
areas.
Priority 3. Parks, play grounds, wood lands, gardens
6. REGULATION FOR LAND USE ZONING
i. Installations and Buildings of Priority 1 should be located in such a fashion
that the area is above the levels corresponding to a 100 year flood or the
maximum observed flood levels whichever higher. Similarly they should
also be above the levels corresponding to a 50 year rainfall flooding and the
likely submersion due to drainage congestion.
ii. Buildings of Priority 2 should be located outside the 25 year flood or a 10
year rainfall contour, provided that the buildings if constructed between the
10 and 25 year contours should have either high plinth level above 25 year
flood mark or constructed on columns or stilts, with ground area left for the
unimportant uses.
iii. Activities of Priority 3 viz. play grounds, gardens and parks etc. can be
located in areas vulnerable to frequent floods.
137
APPENDIX - C
PROTECTION OF BUILDINGS STRUCTURES AND INFRASTRUCTURES IN HAZARD PRONE
AREAS
A. PROTECTION OF AREAS FROM EARTHQUAKES
i. In those areas where there are no dangers of soil liquefaction or settlements or
landslides, all building structures and infrastructures should be designed using the
relevant Indian Standards as provided in the Building Regulations and the National
Building Code
ii Soils subjected to liquefaction potential under earthquake shaking, can be
improved by compaction to desired relative densities, so as to prevent the
possibility of liquefaction.
iii. Buildings and structures could be founded on deep bearing piles going to non-
liquefiable dense layers.
iv. Steep slopes can be made more stable by terracing and construction of retaining
walls and breast walls, and by ensuring good drainage of water so that the
saturation of the hill-slope is avoided.
v. Any other appropriate engineering intervention to save the building structures or
infrastructure from the fury of the earthquake.
Note : The protective action given under (ii) to (v) will usually involve large amount of costs
and should only be considered in the case of large and costly structures. For ordinary
buildings the cost of improvement of the site will usually be uneconomical, hence bad sites
should be excluded by Land Use Zoning.
B. PROTECTION FROM CYCLONIC WIND DAMAGE
i. Buildings, structures and infrastructures in the cyclone prone areas should be
designed according to the Indian Standards and Guidelines as provided in the
Regulations and the National Building Code.
ii. Light utility structures used for electrical transmission and distribution, and towers
for communications, chimneystacks of industrial structures require special design
considerations against the cyclonic wind pressures, suctions and uplifts.
iii. In case the buildings, structures and infrastructures are founded on marine clay
deposits it will be advisable to adopt either under-reamed piled foundations, or
individual column footing with a reinforced concrete beam located at the level of
the ground, or a continuous reinforced concrete strip footing.
iv. Wherever, the top soil could become slushy due to flooding, the top layer of 30 cm
depth of soil should not be considered for providing lateral stability
v. In storm surge prone areas, it will be preferable to construct the community
structures, like schools, cyclone shelters, etc. by raising the level of the ground
protected by provision of retaining walls at sufficient distance away from the
building, taken to such depth that no erosion takes place due to receding storm
surge. Alternatively, construct the community structures on stilts with no masonry
or bracing up to the probable maximum surge level.
C. PROTECTION OF AREAS FROM FLOODS
This may require one or more of the following actions.
i. Construction of embankments against the water spills from the source of flooding
138
like rivers, large drain etc.

ii. Construction of high enough embankments/bund around the planning area.
iii. Raising the planning area above the high flood level.
iv. Construction/improvement of drainage paths to effectively drain the water from the
planning area.
v. Construction of buildings and structures on deep foundations going below the
depth of scour or on stilts with deep enough foundations under water.
vi. Flood proofing works such as the following:
- Providing Quick Drainage facility, consisting of
· Revitalisation of secondary and primary drainage channels after
establishing the drainage blockage points;
· Provision of additional waterways;
· Clearing of clogged cross drainage works;
- Providing Human and Animal Shelters for population living within
embankments in the form of raised platform or use of available high
ground.
vii Anti-erosion actions in affected areas
viii. Any other suitable measure.
Note:
1. Similar protection methods could be used against flooding caused in cyclone prone areas
by high intensity rains or by the storm surge.
2. The concept of land zoning should be kept in mind for areas where protection works are
taken up to decide inter-se priority for location of structures considering possibility of failure
of protection works during extreme disaster events.
139
33. Regarding Installations of solar assisted water Heating

System.
(1) Solar assisted water heating system shall be provided incase of following
categories of buildings.
a. Hospital & Nursing Homes.
b. Hotel's, Lodges and Guest Houses.
c. Hostels of schools, colleges, training centres.
d. Barracks of armed forces, paramilitary forces and police.
e. Individual residential buildings having more than 150.00 sq. Mt. plinth area.
f. Functional buildings of railways stations and airports like waiting rooms,
retiring rooms, rest rooms, inspection bungalows and catering units.
g. Community centres, Banquet Hall, Barat Ghars, Kalyan mandaps, and
buildings for similar use.
Note: In case of category of mentioned in “e” above it shall not be mandatory
to provide the solar assisted heating system.
(2) “No new buildings in the category mentioned in “1” above in which there is a system
or installation for supplying hot water shall be built unless the system or the
installation is also having an auxiliary solar assisted water heating systems.
SCHEDULE
33.1 Definitions :
i) Solar Assisted Water Heating System : a device to heat water using solar
energy as heat source.
ii) “Auxiliary back up” : electrically operated or fuel fired
boilers/systems to heat water
coming out from solar water heating
system to meet continuous
requirement of hot water.
iii) “New Building” : Such building of above said
categories for which construction
plans have been submitted to
competent authority for clearance.
iv) “Existing Building “ : Such building which are licensed to
perform their respective business.
33.2 Installation of Solar Water Heating System.
a) New Buildings: Clearance of plan for the construction of new buildings of the
aforesaid categories shall only be given if they have a provision in the building
design itself for an insulated pipeline from the rooftop in the building to various
distribution from the rooftop in the building to various distribution points where hot
140
water is required. The building must have a provision for continuous water supply
to the solar water heating system. The building should also have open space on
the rooftop, which receives direct sun light. The load bearing capacity of the roof
should at least be 50 kg. per sqm. All new buildings of above said categories must
complete installation of solar water heating systems before obtaining necessary
license to commence their business.
b) Existing Buildings: Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating system in the
existing building shall be made mandatory at the time of change of use to above
said category provided there is a system or installation for supplying hot water.
33.3 Capacity: The capacity of solar water heating system to be installed on the
building of different categories shall be decided in consultation with the local
bodies. The recommended minimum capacity shall not be less than 25 litres per
day for each bathroom and kitchen subject to the condition that maximum of 50 %
of the total roof area is provided with the system.
33.4 Specification: Installation of Solar Assisted Water Heating Systems shall conform
to BIS (Bureau of Indian Standards) specification IS 12933. The solar collectors
used in the system shall have the BIS certification mark.
33.5 Auxiliary System: Wherever hot water requirement is continuous, auxiliary
heating arrangement either with electric elements or oil of adequate capacity can
be provided.
141
34. PERCOLATING WELL WITH RAIN WATER HARVESTING

SYSTEM.
For the area of building unit above 500.00 sq. mt. and upto 1500.00 sq.mt., the owner /
developer shall carry out water harvesting system as specified by the authority.
In the case where the area of building unit exceeds 1500 sq. mts. and upto 4000 sq. mt.
owner / developer has to provide / construct percolating well with rain water harvesting
system in building unit and at the rate of one percolating well for every 4000.00 sq. mtr. or
part there of buiding unit.
1.1 CONSERVATION AND HARVESTING OF RAIN WATER IN BUILDINGS
Having plinth built up area of 80 sq. mtrs. or more every such building / shall be
provided with required facilities and infrastucre for conservation and harvesting of
rain water viz.
1.2 PERCOLATION PITS.
The ground surface around the building shall have percolation pit or bore as
recommended by competent. Authority covering within the building site or bore
recharge. Such pits shall be filled with small pebbles or brick jelly or river sand and
covered with perforated concrete slabs.
1.3 TERRACE WATER COLLECTION
The terrace may be connected to a sump or well bore through a filtering tank by
PVC pipe as recommended by Competent Authority. A valve system shall be
incorporate to enable the first part of the rain water collected to be discharged out
to the solid if it is dirty.
142
35 ACCESS FOR PHYSICALLY HANDICPPED PERSONS

1. SCOPE
These regulations are applicable to all building and facilities used by the public.
It does not apply to private & public residences.
2. ACCESS PATH / WALK WAY
Access path from the entry and surface parking to Building entrance shall be
minimum of 1800mm wide having even surface without any steps. Slope if any,
shall not have gradient greater than 5% Selection of floor material shall be made
suitably to attract or to guide visually impaired persons.( hereinafter referred to as
“Guiding floor material” as explained in Regulation No.35.16”) Finishes shall have
a non-slip surface with a texture traversable by a wheel chair. Curbs wherever
provided should blend to a common level.
3. PARKING
For parking of vehicles, the following provisions shall be made.
a) Parking should be within 30.0 meters of the main entrances of the
building.
b) The width of parking bay shall be minimum 3.60 meters. Overall
minimum dimensions shall be 3.60 meters X 4.80 meters.
c) The parking should have the international signage ( as explained in
Regulation No.35.16) painted on the ground and also on a sign
post/board put near it.
d) Required number of reserved parking spaces shall be as below.
Spaces in Parking Lot Required No.of Reserved Parking Space

1-25 1
26-50 2
51-75 3
76-100 4
101 and above 5 Plus 1 per 25 above 100
143
4. APPROACH
Every building or block should have at least one entrance accessible to the
handicapped and shall be indicated by proper signage. This entrance shall be
approached through a ramp together with the stepped entry.
5. RAMP
(a) Surface of ramp and landing shall be finished with non-slip material to enter the
building.
(b) Minimum width of ramp shall be 1200 ,m.
(c) Maximum gradient of 1:12.
(d) Inclined stretch of a ramp shall not exceed 9.0 meters having handrails at a height of
850 mm – 900 mm of both sides extending 300 mm beyond top and bottom of the
ramp.
(e) Minimum gap from the adjacent wall to the handrail shall be 50 mm.
6. STEPS AND STAIRS

(a) Uniform risers : 150 mm and treads : 300 mm.
(b) The steps should have an unobstructed width of at least 1200 mm.
(c) The landing should have be at least 1200 mm long. clear of any door swing.
(d) Stair edges should have bright contrasting colors : 50 mm minimum.
(e) The maximum height of flight between landing to be 1200 mm.
(f) The Stairs should have continuous handrails on both sides including the wall ( if any )
at a height of 850 mm-900mm.
(g) Nosing to be avoided.
7. ENTRANCE LANDING
Entrance lading shall be provided adjacent to ramp with the minimum dimension of 1800
mm x 200 mm. The entrance landing that adjoin the top of a slope shall be provided with
guiding floor material. landing shall have a non-slip surface with a textured finish. Curbs
wherever provided should blend to a common level.
144
8. CORRIDORS
(a) Should have an unobstructed minimum width of 1500 mm.
(b) All protruding objects more than 100 mm from the wall to be placed either in a niche or
above 2100 mm from the floor.
(c) Guiding floor material shall be provided.
9. DOORS
(a) Minimum clear opening of the door shall be 900 mm and it shall not be provided with a
step that obstructs the passage of a wheel chair user.
(b) Threshold shall not be more than 12 mm.
(c) Doors should not open into corridors.
(d) A distance of 450 mm should be provided beyond the landing edge of the door.
(e) Should be fitted with lever action locks and D-handles of circular section. Knob
handles should be avoided.
(f) Kick places are recommended 300 mm from bottom.
10. LIFTS
(a) Wherever lift is required as per bye-laws, provision of at least one lift shall be made for
the wheel chair user with the following minimum cage dimensions of.
Clear internal depth : 1100 mm
Clear internal width : 2000 mm
Clear door width : 900 mm
(b) A hand rail not less than 600 mm long at 1000mm above floor level shall be fixed
adjacent to the control panel.
(c) The lift lobby shall be of an inside measurement of 1800x 1800 mm or more.
(d) The time of an automatically closing door should be minimum 5 seconds and the
closing speed should not exceed 0.25 m/sec.
(e) The interior of the cage shall be provided with a device that audibly indicates the floor
the cage has reached and indicates that the door of the cage is either open or closed.
145
11. TOILETS
One special W.C. in a set of toilet shall be provided for the use of handicapped persons with
essential provision of wash basin near the entrance with proper signage.
(a) The minimum size shall be 1500 mm x 1800 mm.
(b) Minimum clear opening of the door shall be 900 mm and the door shall be swing out.
(c) Suitable arrangement of vertical / horizontal hand rail with 50 mm clearance from wall
shall be made in the toilet.
(d) The top of the W.C. seat shall be 500 mm from the floor.
(e) Should have slip resistant flooring.
(f) Wash basin shall have a knee space of at least 760 mm wide by 200 mm deep by 650
mm-680 mm height with lever type handle.
(g) Shall be provided with a switch than activates an emergency alarm.
12. DRINKING WATER

Suitable provision of drinking water shall be made for the handicapped near the special
toilet provided for them.
13. SERVICE AND INFORMATION COUNTERS.
Public dealing counters and writing surfaces should not be more than 800 mm from the
floor, with a minimum clear knee space of 650 mm-680mm height and 280 mm –300 mm
deep.
14. RELAXATION
In the buildings meant for the predominant use of the children, it will be necessary to
suitably alter the height of the handrails and other fittings & fixtures
etc.
146
15. CONTROLS
Window lever and electrical control should be maximum in the range of 450 mm to 1200
mm from the floor.
16. EXPLANATORY NOTES
(1) GUIDING / WARNING FLOOR MATERIAL
The floor material to guide or to warn the visually impaired persons with a change
of colour or material with conspicuously different texture and easily distinguishable
from the rest of the surrounding floor materials is called guiding or warning floor
materials. The material with different texture gives audible signals with sensory
warning when a person moves on this surface with walking stick. The guiding /
warning floor material is meant to give the directional effect or warn a person at
critical places. This floor material shall be provided in the following areas :-
(a) The access path to the building and to the parking area.
(b) The landing lobby towards the information board, reception, lifts, stair-cases
and toilets.
(c) Immediately at the beginning / end of walkway where there is a vehicular
traffic.
(d) At the location abruptly changing in level or ramp.
(e) Immediately in front of an entrance / exit and the landing.
(2) HANDRAILS
(a) Should be circular in section with a diameter of 40 mm – 45 mm.
(b) At least 45 mm clear of the surface to which they are attached.
(c) At the height of 850 mm – 900 mm from the floor.
(d) Should extend by at-least 300 mm beyond the head and foot of the flight
and ramp and should be grouted in the ground.
(e) Should be of contrasting colour.
(3) PROPER SIGNAGE

Appropriate identification of specific facilities within a building for the handicapped
persons should be done with proper signage. Visually impaired persons make use
of other sense such as hearing and touch to compensate for the lack of vision.
Whereas visual signals benefit those with hearing disabilities.
There should be directional signs guiding handicapped people to the various
facilities. Signs should be mounted between 1400 mm and 1600 mm from the floor
level and should be designed and located so that they are easily legible by using
suitable letter size (not less than 20 mm high.) For visually impaired persons
information board in Braille should be installed on the wall at a suitable height and it
147
should be possible to approach them closely. To ensure safe walking there should
not be any protruding sign which creates obstruction in walking. Public Address
System may also be provided in busy areas.
The symbols / information should be in contrasting colour and properly illuminated
because people with limited vision may be able to differentiate amongst primary
colours. International symbol mark for wheel chair as shown below be installed at
the lift, toilet, staircase, parking areas etc., that have been provided for the
handicapped.
(4) WHEEL CHAIR

Chair used by disabled people for mobility. The standard size of wheel chair shall be taken as 1050
mm x 750 mm.
148
36 STRUCTURAL SAFETY AND SERVICES

(1) STRUCTURAL DESIGN
The structural design of foundations, elements made of masonry, timber, plain
concrete, reinforced concrete, pre-stressed concrete and structural steel shall
conform to the provisions of part VI Structural Design Section-1 Loads, Section-2
Foundation, Section-3 Wood, Section-4 Masonry, Section-5 Concrete, Section-6
Steel, National Building Code of India, taking into consideration the Indian
Standards and Guidelines for hazard safety as given below:
a) General structural safety
1. IS:456:2000 “Code of Practice for Plain and Reinforced Concrete”
2. IS:800-1984 “Code of Practice for General Construction in Steel”
3. IS 875 (Part 2) : 1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for
buildings and structures Part 2 imposed loads.
4. IS 875 (Part 3) : 1987 Design loads (other than earthquake) for
buildings and structures Part 3 Wind Loads
5. IS: 883:1966 “Code of Practice for Design of Structural Timber in
Building”
6. IS 1904:1987 “Code of Practice for Structural Safety of Building-
Foundations”
7. IS 1905:1987 “Code of of Practice for Structural Safety of Buildings-
Masonry Walls”
b) For Earthquake Protection
1. IS:1893-2002 "Criteria for Earthquake Resistant Design of Structures
(Fourth Revision)"
2. IS:13920-1993 "Ductile Detailing of Reinforced Concrete Structures
subjected to Seismic Forces - Code of Practice"
3. IS:4326-1993 "Earthquake Resistant Design and Construction of
Buildings - Code of Practice (Second Revision)"
4. IS:13828-1993 "Improving Earthquake Resistance of Low Strength
Masonry Buildings - Guidelines"
5. IS:13827-1993 "Improving Earthquake Resistance of Earthen
Buildings - Guidelines",
6. IS:13935-1993 "Repair and Seismic Strengthening of Buildings -
Guidelines"
7. "Improving Earthquake Resistance of Buildings - Guideline", by
Expert Group, Government of India, Ministry of Urban Affairs &
Employment, published by Building Materials and Technology
Promotion Council, 1998.
c) For Cyclone/Wind Storm Protection
1. IS 875 (3)-1987 "Code of Practice for Design Loads (other than
Earthquake) for Buildings and Structures, Part 3, Wind Loads"
149
2. "Improving Wind/Cyclone Resistance of Buildings - Guideline", by

Expert Group, Government of India, Ministry of Urban Affairs &
Employment, published by Building Materials and Technology
Promotion Council, 1998.
Note : Wherever an Indian Standard including those referred in the National Building Code
or the National Building Code is referred, the latest version of the same shall be followed.
(2) In pursuance of the above, a certificate as indicated in Form-2(C) shall be
submitted along with building plans/drawings and other building information
schedule annexed thereto.
(3) Quality Control Requirements.
(i) The quality of all materials and workmanship shall conform to accepted
standards and Indian Standard Specifications and Codes as included in Part V
Building Materials and Part VII Constructional Practices and Safety, National
Building Code of India.
(ii) All borrow pits dug in the course of construction and repair of buildings,
embankments etc. shall be deep and connected with each other in the
formation of a drain directed towards the lowest level and properly stepped for
discharge into a river, stream, channel or drain, and no person shall create any
isolated borrow pit which is likely to cause accumulation of water that may breed
mosquitoes.
(iii) Alternative materials, method of design and construction and tests:-
The provisions of the Regulations are not intended to prevent the use of any
material or method of design of construction not specifically prescribed in them
provided any such alternative has been approved. Nothing of the provisions of
these Regulations is intended to prevent the adoption or architectural planning
and layout conceived as an integrated development scheme. The Competent
authority may approve any such alternative if it conforms to the provisions of the
relevant parts of the National Building Code, regarding material, design and
construction, and the material, method, or work offered is, for the purpose
intended, at least equivalent to that prescribed in these Regulations in quality,
strength, compatibility, effectiveness, fire and water resistance, durability and
safety.
(iv) All buildings shall be constructed on a Quality Control Requirements
(v) The responsibility to maintain Quality Control Requirements will be that of the
Owner/Developer and the architect/structure designer/engineer/supervisor/clerk
of works/laboratory appointed by the owner/developer.
(vi) In case of existing building under construction based on approved building
permission, structural safety requirements shall have to be observed. However,
due to such structural work of strengthening/retrofitting if certain setbacks and
margin get reduced, special permission may be granted on case to case basis.
(4) TESTS:
Whenever there is insufficient evidence of compliance with the provisions of the
Regulations or evidence that any material or method of design or construction
150
does not conform to the requirements of the Regulations, in order to

substantiate claims for alternative materials, design or methods of
construction, the Competent Authority may require tests, sufficiently in advance,
as proof of compliance. These tests shall be made by an approved agency at the
expense of the owner as follows :-
(i) TEST METHODS:- Test methods shall be as specified by the Regulations
for the materials or design or construction in question. If there are no
appropriate test methods specified in the Regulations, the Competent
Authority shall determine the test procedure. For methods or tests for
building materials, reference shall be made to the relevant Indian
Standards as given in the National Building Code of India published by
the Bureau of Indian Standards.
(ii) TEST RESULT TO BE PRESERVED:- Copies of the result of all such tests
shall be retained by the Competent Authority for not less then two years
after the acceptance of the alternative material.
The testing of the materials as per Indian Standards shall be carried out by
laboratories approved by the competent authority in this behalf.
The laboratory/agency shall work out in consultation with the construction
agency a testing programme of materials such as cement, steel and quality
of concrete including its mixing, laying and strength at site as well as in the
laboratory.
This should cover various stages of construction from foundation to
completion as per Regulation. The laboratory shall maintain a duly
authenticated report in a bound register, copy of which will be submitted to
the construction agency, which will in turn forward the testing report to the
competent authority.
(5) STRUCTURAL STABILITY AND FIRE SAFETY OF EXISTING BUILDINGS
i. The Competent Authority may direct the owner/developer to have the
assessment of structural and/or fire safety of an existing building/structure
damaged/ undamaged carried out through expert(s) chosen from a panel
of experts identified by the Competent Authority.
Ii. The Owner/developer/ occupant on advise of such expert(s) shall carry out
such repair/restoration and strengthening/retrofitting of the building found
necessary so as to comply with the safety standards laid down in the
National Building Code and the Indian Standards as specified.
Iii. The Competent Authority shall specify the period within which such
compliance is to be carried out.
iv. The Competent Authority may also direct the owner/ developer/ occupants,
whether the building could be occupied or not during the period of
compliance.
To comply with these regulations for structural safety requirements as per the
expert advise, for existing buildings/buildings under construction as per the
approved building permission. The other provision for parking set back and
margins shall be relaxed.
151
152
(`u. A¡g. idp®)

Mpk afS> `f_p Ar^L$pfu A_¡ k¬eyL$[ krQh
il¡fu rhL$pk _¡ il¡fu N©lr_dp®Z rhcpN
153
Regulations For Residential Townships - 2009

1. SHORT TITLE, EXTENT AND COMMENCEMENT
1.1. These regulations may be called "Regulations for Residential Townships -
2009"
1.2. These regulations shall be applicable within the jurisdiction of the appropriate
authority constituted under Gujarat Town Planning & Urban Development Act
1976.
1.3. It shall come into force on such date as decided by order of the State
Government.
2. APPLICABILITY
2.1. These regulations shall apply to any Residential Townships proposed under
these regulations.
3. DEFINITION
3.1. "Act" shall mean the Gujarat Town Planning & Urban Development Act 1976.
3.2. "Appropriate Authority" shall mean authority as defined under Act
3.3. "Competent Authority" shall mean any person/ persons or authority or
authorities; authorized by the prescribed authority as the case may be tc
perform such functions as may be specified under these regulations.
3.4. "Township Developer" shall mean and include a owner/person/persons/
registered cooperative society/ association/ firm/ company/ joint
ventures/institution/ trusts entitled to make an application to develop any
township;
Provided that the, Residential Townships having Foreign Direct Investments .
(FDI), the shall be regulated as per Govt, of India norms
3.5. "Gross Plot Area" shall mean area after subtracting of the land under Public
purpose infrastructure from the total area of the township.
3.6. "Global FSI" shall mean FSI permissible under this regulation irrespective of
the zone.
3.7. "Residential Township" under these regulations shall mean a parcel of land,
owned by a township developer subject to;
a. Minimum 60 % of the land eligible for developing after deducting the land
used for public purpose infrastructure, is put to residential use;
b. Minimum area not less than 40.00 hector in case of AUDA SUDA, GUDA
VUDA, RUDA, BADA & JADA and an. area not less than 20.00 hector in
case of other towns and the relevant appropriate authority areas;
3.8. "Notified Areas" shall mean an area requiring special attention considering
its overall balanced development and is notified under these regulations.
3.9. "Infrastructure" shall includes roads, streets, open spaces, parks,
154
playgrounds, recreational grounds, water and electric supply, street

lighting, sewerage, drainage, storm water drainage public works and other
utility services and convenience;
3.10. "Cross Over Infrastructure" shall be the part of the infrastructure which is
required to pass through the township so as to provide the facility to the
township vicinity area.
3.11. "Public Purpose Infrastructure (PPI)" shall mean the infrastructure
provided as per these regulations which the developer shall :
- develop, as per prescribed guidelines and on completion transfer it
to the appropriate authority;
- operate and maintain for the maintenance period;
- Development shall be carried out as per the specifications
approved by the Prescribed Authority.
For the purpose of administration, the PPI shall vest wijh the appropriate authority.
3.12. "Zone" shall mean the zone as designated in the prevalent sanctioned
development plan.
3.13. "GDCR" shall mean the prevalent General Development Control
Regulations applicable for the relevant prescribed authority.
3.14. "Maintenance period" shall mean minimum period of seven years after
which the developer may handover to the competent authority, the
infrastructure and land for public purpose. This period shall be calculated
from issue of building use permit.
3.15. Prescribed officer shall be as under :
Jurisdiction Prescribed Officer

1. Municipal Corporation and the Appropriate Municipal
Authority in its periphery constituted under Commissioner, Chief
section 5 or 22 of the Gujarat Town Planning and Executive Authority
Urban Development Act 1976. and Senior Town
Planner of the Town
Planning & Valuation
Department
2. Municipality Area designated as Area Collector & Chairman
Development Authority under section 6 of the District Urban
Gujarat Town Planning and Urban Development Development Agency,
Act 1976. Chief Officer, Town
Planner of the
concerned district
155
The state government shall by order appoint the prescribed officer;

4. DUTIES OF THE PRESCRIBED OFFICER:
For the purpose of these regulations, the prescribed officer:
4.1 shall, within 30 days from the receipt of the application, recommend to the
state government to approve or refuse the proposal with reasons;
4.2. shall evaluate and approve the progress;
4.3. may deny, after giving reasons in writing, if the proposal of the township forms;
a part of any notified water body or any difficult area;
4.4. may recommend to the government to allow the benefits available under any
scheme of the state or central government;
4.5. shall carryout survey and studies for any area to be considered for allowing
specific benefits under these regulations and recommend to the government
to declare any area to be a notified area;
5. STATE LEVEL SCREENING COMMITTEE:
State level screening committee of the member mentioned hereunder shall review
the proposals received from competent authority / Prescribed Authority or other wise
and recommend to the Govt, for approval
Members of the Committee:
1 Principal Secretary, UDD Chairman;
2 Principal Secretary, Fin. Member
3 Principal Secretary, RD Member
4 Officer on Special Duty UDD Member Secretary
6. PROCEDURE TO NOTIFY ANY AREA:
6.1. Subject to the provisions of these regulations and the GDCR State Govt,
may on recommendation from the prescribed authority or otherwise, notify
any area, which would require special benefits under these regulations.
6.2. The government shall notify such area in the official gazette declaring any
area to be notified area specifying the extent of limits of such area.
6.3. For awareness the government shall publish in at least two daily local news
papers.
7. PROCEDURE FOR SECURING THE PERMISSION:
7.1. Subject to the provisions of these regulations and the GDCR, any township
developer intending to develop under these regulations, may apply under
section 29(l)[ii] to the State Government along with the required documents
and forward copy to the prescribed officer.
156
7.2. With regard to procedure, the manner application, the documents to be

submitted along with the applications, the protocols of drawings'to be
submitted, unless otherwise prescribed, the provisions of GDCR shall
apply mutatis mutandis.
8. CONTENTS OF THE TOWNSHIP PROPOSALS : The proposal shall include:
8.1. master plan of the area:
- demarcating the details for all parcels of land separately for
- Public purpose infrastructure;
- Primary infrastructure;
- Rest of the uses;
8.2. detailed area statement of each parcel of land as mentioned in 8.1, the FSI
calculations;
8.3. layout of buildings and infrastructure as per norms;
8.4. detailed plans for the buildings and infrastructure;
8.5. estimates to develop the infrastructure separately for crossover
infrastructure, other infrastructure;
8.6. Details of project finance;
8.7. management plan including proposals maintenance and upkeep
8.8. proposal expressing the ability to develop and maintain such project;
9. PUBLIC PURPOSE INFRASTRUCTURE
9.1. Cross over infrastructure & Road
The crossover infrastructure shall be provided as per the specifications of
the competent authority and shall:
- sync with the T.P./D.P. roads in the vicinity.
- include at least 30 mts wide road on a part of the boundary where
T.P./D.P. road does not abut to the boundary.
- The total area of the crossover infrastructure shall be minimum 10%
of the. Township area of 40 hac, and for each additional area of 20
hac. the cross over infrastructure shall be provided @ 12 %
9.2. Other amenities:
- 5% for School, Hospital and Public Amenities; and
- 5% for Parks and Garden, catering to the neighborhood with public
access. Such plots shall have minimum area not be less than 3000
sq mts;
Provided that in case if the township consists of buildings exceed in;
157
height more than 40 mts, the developer shall have to provide space
for fire brigade services. Such services shall be operated and
maintained by the township developer but for the purpose of
administration it shall be manned by the Municipal staff.
10. SOCIALLY & ECONOMICALLY WEAKER SECTION HOUSING (SEWH) AND
OTHER INFRASTRUCTURE:
10.1. Socially & Economically Weaker Section Housing (SEWH)
- SEWS housing Shall be provided as 5 % land for Socially &
economically weaker section housing and 5% consumed FSI as
floating floor space, attached with other residential dwelling units to
be used for the servants , drivers etc,
- the township developer shall develop the SEWH as per the
regulations in annexure-1;
- the township developer shall develop and dispose such housing in
consultation with the prescribed authority.
10.2. Roads
- Minimum area of roads shall be 15% excluding the crossover
infrastructure road.
- The road network shall be provided in proper hierarchy, and as per
standard road widths.
10.3. Other Infrastructure
- Minimum area of open spaces including gardens shall be 5%
excluding the crossover infrastructure road.
11. PHYSICAL PLANNING PARAMETERS;
11.1. Fill up or reclamation of low-lying, swampy or unhealthy areas, or leveling
up of lane as required;
11.2. Lay-out the new streets or roads, construction, diversion, extension,
alteration, improvement and closing up of streets and roads and
discontinuance of communications in all cases;
11.3. layout, of new street/ road / Cycle track giving access to the existing
habitation if any within or in its vicinity or likely for any town planning
scheme in the vicinity to develop in future. Width and alignment of such
roads shall be as suggested by the competent authority.
11.4. Cycle tracks shall have to be provided along the roads.
11.5. Design the circulation pattern to include segregation .of pedestrian and
vehicular traffic, entry control, access of emergency vehicles to every
158
block, provision of adequate parking etc.

11.6. Plan and design the neighborhood regarding circulation system, including
safety requirements shall be governed by the BIS or as per the norms of the
concerned agencies.
11.7. Designs the sewerage system for reuse of water and zero discharge an
arrange to operate permanent basis.
11.8. Provide system to harvest rainwater which may be an integral part of the
storm water drainage plan or standalone;
11.9. The developer shall plan to provide 140 lpcd
11.10. Ensure to collect, treat and dispose drainage in the township area.
However for future shall make provision for connecting it to the city
drainage system;
11.11. Ensure continuous & quality power supply;
11.12. Provide connectivity to nearest 30 mts wide road
11.13. The natural drainage pattern shall be maintained without any disturbances
Provided that improvements shall be permitted for efficiency improved
improvement.
11.14. Transit space and facility of segregation of biodegradable and recyclable
solid waste shall have to be provided;
11.15. Space and separate access required as per rules shall have to be provided
for power distribution:
11.16. For public areas and commercial building, so far possible, provide energy
of non-conventional sources.
11.17. Street lights shall be operated using Solar Power.
11.18. Make provision for Harvesting & Recharging system of Rain Water.
11.19. Within 3.0 mts distance on either side of the road, trees shall have to be
planted and maintain till the maintenance period.
11.20. Minimum 200 trees per' hector, of appropriate species, shall have to be
planted and nurtured for the maintenance period.
11.21. Suitable landscape shall have to be provided for open space and gardens;
11.22. Urban Design and Heritage to be ensured;
12. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TOWNSHIP DEVELOPER: The Township
Developer Shall with regard to the township shall;
12.1. acquire/ own / pool the land at his own expenses;
12.2. provide at his own expenses the facilities mentioned in clause 8 and 9;
159
12.3. develop the township at his cost as approved;

12.4. develop the land & buildings within for public purpose infrastructure as
approved;
12.5. provide and an undertaking about the terms and conditions the plan to
maintain and upkeep of the infrastructure;
12.6. disclose to the beneficiaries the entire details of the plan, design, the
contracts and other details effecting to the beneficiaries;
12.7. for the maintenance period, maintain and upkeep as per the undertaking,
the infrastructure other than the public purpose infrastructure;
12.8. for the maintenance period, maintain and upkeep the land and property
used for public purpose infrastructure;
12.9. develop the public purpose infrastructure as per the specifications
prescribed by the prescribed committee;
12.10. on issue of building use permission, the township developer shall execute a
bank guarantee equivalent to 2% of the cost incurred for the infrastructure.
The authority shall revoke this bank guarantee if required to maintain the
infrastructure. On the expiry of the maintenance period, this guarantee
shall be converted into a corpus fund of the members of the cooperative
society.
12.11. on expiry of the maintenance period, he shall transfer the public purpose
infrastructure, free from all the encumbrance to the competent authority. To
this effect the township developer give an undertaking;
12.12. On issue of the building use permit, organize to form a 'Registered
Cooperative Society of all beneficiaries, elect a promoter / president, issue
share capital to each of the beneficiary
12.13. The scheme developer shall create a common facilities and community
utilities as per clause no. 8 (public purpose infrastructure) and handed over
to the competent authority.
13. GRANT / REFUSAL OF THE PERMISSION:
13.1. On the receipt of the recommendation of the authority or other wise, the
State Government under section29 (1)(ii) of the act, may relax the GDCR
and these regulations to grant or refuse the proposal.
13.2. Validity and lapse of the permission shall be according to section 32 of the
Act.
13.3. Development to be commenced within one year from the issue of the
permission to construct or the NA order, whichever is earlier;
160
13 4 Interpretation of these regulations

13.4.1 If any question or dispute arises with regard to interpretation of any
of these regulations the decision of the government shall be final.
13.4.2 in conformity with the intent and spirit of these regulations, the
government may, if required in appropriate cases, use the
discretions powers to decide in any of the matters.
14. FLOOR SPACE INDEX:
For the purpose of these regulations, irrespective of the Floor Space Index (FSI)
prescribed in any zone, it shall the regulated as under:
14.1. Total FSI permitted on Gross plot area and shall be sum of Global FSI and
Additional FSI as under;
- Global FSI(GFSI) shall be 1.0
- Additional Premium FSI shall be permitted on payment to the
competent authority, as below:
Sr.No. Additional FSI Premium Rates
1. 25% of GFSI 40 % of the Jantri Rates
2. Additional 25% of GFSI 50 % of the Jantri Rates
Maximum permissible use 1.5 FSI
15. BUILT-UP AREA AND HEIGHT:
15.1. Built-up area shall be regulated as under:
- 45 % in case of low-rise buildingand 30 % in case of High-rise building
15.2. Height of the buildings shall be permitted as per GDCR. However additional
hight maximum upto 70 mts shall be permitted on payment at 7 % of the jantri.
16. ZONING, GROUND COVERAGE & OTHER REGULATIONS: .
16-1. Irrespective of any zone, uses in the township shall be permissible as
proposed in the application under these regulations. Provided that such
permission can be denied by the government on account of safety.
16.2. Where ever not mentioned, the provision GDCR shall be apply mutates mantis
16.3. Even after approval under these regulations, permissions from Airport
Authority of India, Department of Forest and Environment for EIA clearance,
and necessary permission from relevant department, as required, shall be
mandatory.
17. DEVELOPMENT OF EXTERNAL (OFFSITE INFRASTRUCTURE):
The Township Developer shall provide the offsite infrastructure shall:
161
17.1. Connect to the existing road or development plan, road or town planning
scheme road having width not less than 30 mts.
17.2. The developer shall himself provide water supply at his. own or connected with
the city system.
17.3. Arrange to collect, treat and dispose in the township area. However for future
shall make provision connect to the city drainage system;
17.4. Arrange for the power supply;
17.5. Bear the entire cost for the offsite infrastructure;
18. SUPERVISION AND MONITORING OF THE QUALITY OF CONSTRUCTION
18.1. To ensure that the quality of construction of public purpose infrastructure, the
prescribed authority, shall appoint a consultant who would supervise the
quality and timely execution of the project.
18.2. The scheme developer for supervision, deposit 2% of the estimated cost of
cost of public purpose infrastructure. Such deposit shall be refunded once the
consultant issue of completion certificate.
19. GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL:
19.1. Any occupant of any of the buildings who is entitled to use the facilities shall
have a right to lodge his complain before the prescribed authority; .
19.2. The prescribed authority shall, on the merits, address the issues to:
- Direct the developer to resolve the issue-
- May resolve the issue to by reconstructing/ repairing at the cost of
developer.
19.3. The prescribed authority shall recover the cost by revoking the bank
guarantee for the cost incurred for the works required to be done by the
prescribed authority as per above clause.
162
ANNEXURE-I
Regulations to develop Socially & Economically Weaker Section Housing'
1. PLANNING
Housing for socially and economically backward class of people shall be as per the
following;
i. The maximum permissible net density in dwelling shall be 225 dwelling per
hector of designated land.
ii. The carpet area of dwelling unit should be minimum 25 sq.mt. and that for
other towns, the plinth area (built up area) of minimum 25 sq.mt. may be
ensured. Each dwelling unit design should have the following features:
a. Two rooms with independent access. For independent use of the rooms
it may be essential to provide sliding door. The size of the rooms shall be
as under:
Shorter Side(m) Area (sq.m) Height(m)
Living/Multi-purpose room 2.5 9 2.6
Bedroom 2.1 6.5 2.6
Kitchen 1.5 3.3 2.6
Bath, toilet, corridor 1&0.9 1.2 & 0.9 2.1
b. Kitchen indicating L-shaped cooking platform, storage cupboards,

placement of sink, provision of 1st X 1 ft. window to enable the
beneficiary to install exhaust fan later, window in the kitchen should
preferably be on top of the sink.
c. Independent bath and WC, WC to be provided with 1st X 1ft ventilator
with double shutters [for jail & glass), to enable the beneficiary to install
exhaust fan later.
Provision of minimum 0.9 mts wide balcony and built in cupboards in the
rooms. The depth of such cubicles be at least 600 mm ln drawing
rooms/living rooms (other than bedrooms) the min. depth of 450 mm
may be considered.
d. From health point of view, the dwelling unit should be vector free. In
order to make the unit vector free, the main door of the unit should be
provided with double door shutters having a jali door and a normal door
The windows may also be provided with jali shutters.
e. Staircase
163
Winding 2 Storey :
3 storey and above : 0.90 m
Riser : 180 mm max.
Tread : 250 mm min.
Headroom : 2.1m
f. Minimum Height of the floors be taken as 2.7 mt.
g. The minimum height of the plinth shall be 30 cms. from top surface of
approach road or path way;
h. The maximum floor space index permissible shall be as per GDCR
iii. Buildings up to height of 15m need not be provided with a lift. There shall be
one staircase for every 12 (twelve) dwelling units or part thereof.
2. STRUCTURAL REQUIREMENTS:
i Load bearing walls of the building shall be of Brick stone or pre cast block in
any mortar in the case of R.C.C. framed structure or wooden structure filler
walls may be of suitable local materials.
ii. Roof of the building shall be of galvanized iron sheets asbestos sheet tiles roof
or R.C.C. roof in the case of upper storied buildings middle floor shall be of
wooden or R.C.C. and rest as per choice.
iii. Doors and windows of building shall be of any material.
iv. Rest of the of building shall be as per locally available resources and as per
choice.
3. Socially Facilities : The social facilities shall be provided as under :
The developer shall provided social infrastructure facilities as below
i Anganwadi, Nursery School @ 0.1 Ha/1000 p
Ideally, area per school 0.08 Ha.
Location of the school adjacent to a park
ii. Primary School (Class 1- 5 ), 1 for every 5000 p
Area of the school site 0.40 Ha
School building area 0.20 Ha
Playfield area of 18m x 36m to hje ensured for effective play 0.20 Ha
iii- Senior-Secondary School (Class'6-12) 1 for every 7500 p
Area of the School site 1.80 Ha
School building area 0.60 Ha
Play field area of 68 m x 126 m to be ensured for effective play 1.00 Ha
164
Parking Area 0.20 Ha

iv. Healthcare Facilities (1 for every 15000 p) 0.08 - 0.12 Ha
v. Socio-cultural Facilities
a) Community Facilities (1 for every 5000 p) 750 sq.m
b) Community Hall, Work Area, (1 for every 15000 p) 2000 sq.m
Welfare Centre, Library
The locations of schools and health care centre should be such that they are
equally accessible from all the housing clusters, preferably by pedestrian
pathways with minimum road crossovers. They are also to be located adjacent
to parks, playfield etc.
165
166
167
168
169
41. REGULATION OF FLY ASH

Guidelines in the Road Construction Agencies, Building Construction Agencies ,
Corporation, municipalities and other local bodies. State Pollution Contr61 Boards and
Thermal Power Plants. ;
1 Road Construction Agencies ;
i All road / Fly over embankments for construction within 100 km. distance of a
thermal power plant (TPP), for which tenders to be issued in India be constructed by
use of pond ash technical specification (guidelines duly approved by Indian Road
Congress (IRC ) are already reliable IRC specification "Number 58 of 2001) soil
required for top/ side, covers of embankments shall be excavated from the
embankment site, if not possible only the minimum quantity of soil required be
excavated from soil borrow area, and this soil borrow be filled up with pond ash with
proper compaction as required for a structural fill. This would be done as an integral
part, of the embankment project and within the project time schedule.
ii Provision should be made for the use of by ash in the schedule of approved
materials and rates of all agencies undertaking construction of roads /fly over
bridges, PWDs, Road Development Corporation. These agencies shall amend
within three months the-tender documents. Schedule of approved materials and
rales as well as technical documents including the soil borrow area/pit. clause
toincorpoiate the provision of point 1 (i) above and shall also bring out within the
same three months period the specifications / guidelines for road / fly over
embankments that are not covered by IRC specifications, if any..
iii The agency /organisation / individual ordering construction/, approving the design of
road /Fly over embankments within 100 km. of TPP shall ensure implementation and
compliance of point 1 (i) above. Deviation,- if any, can be approved only on account
of technically justified reasons duly approved by Chief Engineer (Design ) or
Engineer in Chief of the concerned State /Central agency or Pond ash not available
1
Certificates' issued by the TPPs within 100 km. of the embankment construction-
site. .
2 Building Construction Agencies :
ii Both private and public sector organisations shall use fly ash bricks/blocks and /or
clay fly ash bricks/ blocks for all constructions within 100 km. distance of Thermal
Power Plant as per the following minimum specified percentage (by volume) of the
total bricks /blocks used in each construction project.
25% by December 2002
170

iii The agency / organisation / individual ordering construction / approving the design
within 100 km. of TPP shall have the responsibility to ensure compliance with point 2
(i) above.
3 Local Bodies :
i Local Government Bodies / Agencies sanctioning / renewing the land / soil /
clay mining lease, shall not grant such lease / extension / renewal to clay brick
/ block / tile manufacturer within 50 km. distance of the TPP in cases where the
manufacture does not mix a minimum of 25% (by weight) of fly ash / pond ash
in manufacturer of bricks /block /tiles. The concerned agencies/athorities shall
terminate the existing lease / permission. If a clay brick /block /tiles
manufacturing unit does not comply with the provisions of notification.
4 State Pollution Control Boards :
i Application for manufacturer of Fly bricks / blocks / tiles and similar other fly
ash based products shall be proccessed for approved by the State
Pollution Control Board / committees expeditiously (within 30 days from the
date of application unless such manufacturing a Pound to be polluting.
ii Orders issued to cancel the permission of units in non-compliance of fly ash
notification be enforced stricly.
5 State Electricity Board/Thermal Power Plant Authority:
i Thermal Power Station should play a pro-active role in the utilisation of ash
and fry ash based products in addition to other facilitation. TPPs should
ensure with immediate effect availability of pond ash as well as dry fly ash free
of cost and free of delays to its end users. Necessary steps be taken to
..provide certification of quality of fly ash / pond ash in 6 months."While
entering into the arrangements for bulk users of fly ash. Hassle free availabity
for other users may also be ensured.
ii TPPs should network with user agencies of fly ash / fly ash based products to
ensure inclusion of fly ash and fly ash based products in their design/tender
documents at appropriate stage. TPPs should also extent technical advice
services to fly ash product manufactures/users,
iii TPPs to take all necessary steps to achieve ash utilization target set in the
notification SO No.763 {E) dated 14th September, 1999 and to report progress
on regular basis.
iv Thermal Power Plants to issue " No ash availability" certificate whenever
applicable within two working days of the receipt of request from the ash user
agency.
171
6 General :
i Reclamation of low-laying areas within 100 km of TPPs shall be carried out only by
use of pond ash. Soil required for top cover of the fill area should be excavated from
the fill site itself and stored nearby. If not possible the minimum quantity of soil
required be.excavated from soil borrow area and this soil borrow area as well as the
fill area be filled up with pond ash and proper compaction as required for a structural
fill be done. However all precautions-need to be taken to ensure that ground water is
not polluted.
172
42. Regulations for the reuse of water

1. Definitions
1.1. 'authorized officer' means any person appointed by the competent authority
for the purpose of these regulations.
1.2. 'discharge' or “discharge of wastes' means the removal of wastes from
premises into the grey water system or by means of the system;
1.3. 'domestic waste water' means either waste water that is typically discharged
from premises that are used solely for residential activities or waste water of
the same character discharged from other premises.
1.4. 'grey water' means involving non-potable water from sinks, tubs, showers
and washing.
1.5. 'laboratory” means the agency permitted to test the samples of industrial
wastes or waste.
1.6. 'occupier' for the purpose of these regulations means either as an owner, on
rent or on lease in any other way;
1.7. 'Person' includes a corporation sole and also a body of persons whether
corporate or incorporate or partnership firm;
1.8. 'pre-treatment' means any processing of industrial waste or waste designed
to reduce any characteristic in waste, before discharge to the waste water
system.
1.9. 'premises' means either
a. A property which is held under a separate card of title or for which a
separate title card may be issued and in respect to which a building
plans have been or may be issued, or
b. a building which is in possession as an individual unit by a cross-lease,
unit title or company lease and for which a certificate of title is available.
Or
c. Land held in public ownership, for a particular purpose, or
d. Separately assessed to local authority taxes, individual unit within
building.
1.10. 'Non-potable water means the use of water for non domestic consumption
like car washing, toilet flushing, gardening, construction purposes,
landscaping, irrigation uses is forbidden by virtue of powers vested with
government.
1.11. 'prohibited industrial waste' means a industrial waste having physical and
chemical characteristics in excess as decided by GPCB.
1.12. 'sewerage system' means all types of sewer, appurtenances, pumping
stations, storage tanks, waste water treatment facility plants, marine outfalls
and other related structures owned by the urban local body and used for the
173
reception, treatment and disposal of waste water and also termed as “waste
water system”
1.13. 'waste' means any water with matter in solution or suspension, domestic
wastewater, or liquid waste and includes sewage for the purpose of these
regulations.
1.14. Local authority means the municipal corporation/ nagarpalika/
nagarpanchayat/ grampanchayat or the urban/area development authority
as the case may be.
2. Applicability of the regulations:
2.1. Any builder /developer/ individual applying for approval for construction of
a new set of buildings of category mentioned hereunder shall make
provision for reuse of recycled water.
a. Hospitals and Nursing homes
b. Hotels, Lodges and guest houses
c. Hostels of schools, Colleges , Training centres
d. Barracks of armed forces, paramilitary forces and police
e. Individual residential buildings having more than 150 sq meters plinth
area
f. Functional buildings of Railway stations and Airports like waiting rooms,
retiring rooms, rest rooms, inspection bungalows and catering units
g. Community centres, Banquet halls, Barat Ghars, Kalyan Mandaps and
buildings of similar use
h. Commercial establishments having totalled built up area of 2000 sq
meters or more.
i. All hazardous / water polluting / Chemical industries
2.2. In case of buildings not falling into above categories, this treated grey water
may be used for ground water recharge.
2.3. Exemptions could be accorded under following circumstances, as decided
by the authority;
a. In case the existing premises cannot permit the provision of additional
overhead tank for the purpose of the use of treated water.
b. If, in the existing structure, there is no space for installation of treatment
facility and collection chamber.
c. In exceptional cases due to dearth of land or water logged areas exempt
(with the approval from competent authority) from providing facility for
recycling the grey water.
3. RECYCLE SYSTEM MAY BE ADOPTED AS PER THE FOLLOWING
PROVISIONS
The developer/ owner/ applicant shall along with his application submit the
designs, plans, calculations and the references used for the calculations etc to
174
provide the system to recycle the grey water. Such system shall include the
provisions to facilitate the following:
3.1. Treated grey water is pumped to a separate tank on the roof from where
grey water will be supplied to toilets, garden taps, car washing taps etc.
3.2. Only water from toilets should be let in to sewerage system.
3.3. Where ever arrangements from reuse of recycled water is provided
additional arrangements for carrying the excess grey water to the
sewerage system may also be provided.
3.4. In a nature or manner or in a way that shall not constitute a nuisance of foul
gases or cause a public hazard or otherwise in compliance of these
regulations.
3.5. The recycled water shall be used for non potable, no contact purposes
within premises and shall not be connected to sewage/waste water system
of local authority. However the waste generated by the recycle plant can be
connected to local authority sewer network if it of the accepted quality.
3.6. Separation of grey water:
3.6.1. The wastes from toilets in the premises will be separated from grey
water that is of bath room and kitchen wastes by means of
separate down take discharge system.
3.6.2. The grey water shall be recycled by providing recycling plant and
shall be reused for non-potable purposes after storing the same in
distinctly separate tank by means of purple colored down take
pipes.
3.6.3. The water quality shall conform to standards of non potable water.
The recycled water shall be tested once in six months and results
shall be made available to competent authority whenever
demanded.
3.6.4. The make-up connection to the system will be done at the collection
tank of the treated water, through a free fall if from Municipal water
connection, but preferable from a local source like bore well.
3.7. Separate plumbing for grey water:
3.7.1. Every developer/builder shall provide the newly constructed
building with the provision of down take plumbing for grey water,
recycling water plant, storage and reuse fitting before selling the
building.
3.7.2. Every existing building/residential structure shall provide with the
provision of recycled water plant and relevant adequate separate
plumbing for grey water and reuse fitting.
3.8. Reuse of water strictly for not potable non-contact use.
3.8.1. The reuse of water will be strictly for not potable use by means of
providing a distinctly separate reuse system coloured in purple. The
175
non-contact uses shall be restricted to toilet flushing, drip irrigation

of trees/shrubs, sub surface irrigation of lawns and recharge of
ground water.
3.8.2. There shall not be cross-connection of fitting of the potable and not
potable water at any point. The recycled water system shall be
maintained at a lower operating pressure that of the potable water
system. Precautions should be taken at the make-up connection to
prevent cross contamination.
4. Quality of water and treatment
4.1. The water generated after treatment should be safe for its use for flushing
toilets, car washing, gardening etc.
4.2. The company or the agency engaged for installation of system for recycling
of waste water shall preferably confirm IS0:14000.
4.3. Provision may be made for checking the quality of recycled water with
Water testing laboratory with Municipal Corporation or Water Supply and
sewerage Board.
4.4. The testing of wastes and the submission of the results shall be done in a
manner in accordance with the terms and conditions prescribed by the
Municipal Commissioner or the Gujarat pollution control board / the
competent authority
5. Enforcement of Regulations:
5.1. In case of existing properties, the competent authority or his authorized
officer will issue a notice to the occupier for making arrangements of
Reuse of Grey Water within specified time.
5.2. In case of proposed/intending /under redevelopment properties, the
occupier/ developer/ builder will submit an application to the competent
authority with details of proposed 'grey water reuse system ' along with the
application for demand of water permission to connect the Grey
Water/sewage to municipal sewage system.
5.3. Conditional Waste Discharge Permission waste discharges of the
conditional type plant will be allowed on the issue of a conditional
permission provided the conditional type plant has recycling and reuse of
water facility and not exceeding limits given in as per GPCB norms.
6. General provisions:
6.1. Mandatory disclosure: regarding changes: An occupier of premises shall
inform the competent authority of any change in the quality, nature or
quality of the wastes discharged from his plant or premises the manner of
their discharge of water immediately if the change is likely to cause
discharge of water in variation or violation of license under these
regulations.
6.2. Corrective action : In the event it is found any person violating the
provisions of these regulations, the competent authority or Gujarat
176
Pollution Control Board shall issue notice and after inquiry and personal
hearing take necessary corrective action.
6.3. Rebate : The competent authority may satisfy itself on the performance of
recycling of the water and thereafter can give rebate on the taxes / fees
leviable for the development. The competent authority may give such
rebate on the capital or recurring recoveries which the developer is liable
to pay.
6.4. Dispute Resolution : All the disputes arising in the enforcement of this by
these rules shall be referred to Municipal Commissioner who in turn will
resolve the disputes in advise with his authorized technical officer or any
experts and intimate to the occupier / builder / developer. The decision of
the Municipal Commissioner will be final and binding on the occupier.
6.5. List of Authorized Laboratories shall be as authorised by Gujarat State
Pollution Control board or the Municipal corporation
6.6. Characteristics of effluent water quality from the Grey Water Recycling
plants shall be as approved by the Gujarat pollution control board.
177
FORMS NO. C
(See Rule – 9 and See Regulation No. 3.1)
Application for development permission under sections 27, 34 and 49 of G.T.P. & U.D. Act.1976 /
The Notice u./s. 253 and 254 of the B.P.M.C. Act, 1949.
To
The
Chief Executive Authority/Municipal Commissioner,
Urban Development Authority / Municipal Corporation.
I/We hereby apply for permission for development as describe in the accompanying maps and
drawings. The names of the persons employed by me for the preparation of plans, structural details
and supervision of the work area as under:
a) The plans are prepared by Registered Architect/Engineer
Mr. ____________________________________________.
b) The structural report, details and drawings are to be prepared and
supplied by Mr. _______________________________________________.
I have read the Development Control Regulation/Bye-laws farmed by the Authority under the
provisions of the relevant Act and claims to be fully conversant with it. I shall fulfill my duties and
responsibilities in accordance with the provisions of the Development Control Regulation/Bye-
laws.
Signature of Owner/Builder/
Organiser/Developer or
Authorised agent of owner :
Date :
1. Applicant's name :
2. Postal Address for correspondence :
3. Applicant's interest in land with :
respect of rights
4. Description of Land, village, Town :
Planning Scheme, Revenue Survey
Numbers, Final Plot No.
5. What is the present use of the land and/ :
other building if they are to be put to
more than one kind of use, Please give
details
6. Please describe in short the development :
Work stating the proposed use of land for
the building. If land and/or the building are
178
to be put to more than one use, please give

details of each use.
7. Is this land included in a layout :
sanctioned by the appropriate
authority ?
If yes, please give date of sanction
and reference No. with a copy of
the sanctioned layout. If not, is it
approved by any other Authority ?
Give the name of such Authority

with date of sanction and reference
no with a copy of the sanctioned layout.
8. For residential use, number of :
dwelling units and floor
9. Nature and manner of working
of industrial/commercial
establishment in case the proposed
use is for Industry/Commerce.
What separate arrangements have
been proposed to be made for
loading and unloading of goods from
the industrial or commercial goods
vehicles ?
What arrangements have been
proposed to be made for disposal of
Signature of Owner/Builder/
Organiser/Developer or
Authorised agent of owner :
Date:
179
Instruction to applicant regarding maps and documents to be

submitted along with the application:
The maps and drawing be drawn or copies made on a paper of proper durable quality so that
they are clearly and distinctly legible. Every map and/or drawing shall have to be signed by the
applicant/owner and his engineer/Architect/and Organiser/Builder as the case may be. If
copies of original maps or drawings are submitted, they shall be true copies.
1. LAYOUT PLAN (Three Copies)
Layout Plan of the whole land shall invariably accompany every application for permission
to carryout development by way of building construction.
This map shall be drawn to a scale of not less than 1:500 and show the following details.
a) Boundaries of the S. No./plots mentioned in the application and its lay out by showing
subdivision.
b) Existing buildings and new buildings proposed to be constructed. Roads, streets, and
carriage ways constructed there on (existing construction should be shown distinctly from
the proposed one.) Proposed new roads and streets, their level and width.
c) Proposed use of every building and open space not to be built over within a plot.
d) If the layout is for residential use, maximum number of dwelling units that can be
accommodated with any increase in future.
e) If the layout is for industrial or commercial use, maximum area which can be built upon
without any increase in future.
f) Existing facilities regarding water supply, sewerage etc. diameter and gradient of water
supply line, drainage lines for the disposal of storm water as well as for sewerage.
g) Location of the plot in relation to the near by public road.
h) Alignment and width of all the existing roads, including the road from which the plot has
access from the major road. Existing access road and proposed new road, if any, should be
shown clearly and distinctly.
i) Existing trees and natural scenery worth preserving.
j) Dimensions and areas of common plot, as required under these regulations, provided in
the layout/sub-division of plot.
k) Tree plantation required under regulation No. 31.
2. An extract of the record of right of property register card or any other document showing the
ownership of the land proposed for development.
3. Certified part plan and zoning certificate from the certificate from the Authority shall be
enclosed along with the application.
4. The applicant shall also submit a certified copy of approved layout of final plot from the
concerned authority or the latest approved layout of city survey numbers or revenue survey
numbers from D.I.L.R. showing the area and measurement of the plot or land on which he
proposes to develop or build.
5. a) Drawing (3 copies) to a scale not less than 1cm.= 1 metre for the buildings existing
as well as proposed with floor area for each floor.
180
b) Layout showing parking arrangement with internal & surrounding roads and exit, and entry
movement of vehicles etc. as per regulation No. 19 to the suitable scale.
6. In case of lands falling within the Urban land Ceiling (U.L.C.) Act 1976 Limit, the applicant
shall submit along with application:
i) The N.O.C. from the competent authority under the U.L.C. Act, 1976.
ii) An affidavit and indemnity bond in the prescribed from under the U.L.C. Act, 1976.
7. Structural Designer's certificate duly signed by him.
8. Certificate of Undertaking: Certificate in the prescribed from no. 2(a), 2(b), 2(c) and 2(e) by
the Registered Architect / Engineer / Structural Designer / Clerk of Works / Developer /
undertaking the work.
9. Full information should be furnished as prescribed in Form No.3 and 4 under these
Development Control regulations, as the case may be along with the plans.
10. The applicant shall also obtain copy of N.O.C. from the relevant authority as per Regulation
No. 3.3 and 4.2 wherever applicable.
11. Certificates as prescribed in forms 2(a), 2(b), 2(c) and 2(e) are required to be submitted
either along with application or prior to commencement of construction work.
12. If during the construction of the building the Owner/ Organizer/ Builder/ Architect/ Engineer/
Surveyor is changed, he shall intimate the Competent Authority by registered letter that he
was no longer responsible for the project, and the construction shall have to be suspended
until the new owner/ Organizer/ Builder/ Architect/ engineer/ Surveyor etc. undertakes the
full responsibility for the project as prescribed in form 2(a), 2(b), 2(c), 2(d) and 2(e).
13. The new Owner/Developer/ Builder/ Architect/ Engineer shall before taking responsibility
as stated above in clause (12), check the work already executed is in accordance with
permission granted by the Competent Authority. He may go ahead with the remaining work
only after obtaining permission of the Competent Authority.
SCRUTINY FEE
A person applying for a permission to carry out any development shall have to pay scrutiny
fees along with his application to the Competent Authority / Vadodara Municipal
Corporation at the following rates:
1. BUILT UP AREA
For low rise building Rs. 3.00 per sq. mt. of built up area of all floors for the intended
residential development or part thereof subject to minimum scrutiny fee of Rs. 300.
2. For high-rise, commercial, mix development and other than residential use Rs. 5.00 per sq.
mt. of Built area of all floors for the intended development or part thereof subject to
minimum scrutiny fee Rs. 1000.
3. Subdivision and amalgamation of land
a) Rs. 1.50 per sq.mt. of building unit/plot area for subdivision and amalgamation of
all types of development.
b) Rs. 1.00 per sq.mt. of building unit/plot area for subdivision and amalgamation for
agricultural use. Minimum scrutiny fee shall not be less than Rs. 1000.
181
URBAN CENTRES, RURAL CENTRES AND AREA OUTSIDE URBAN COMPLEX AND
FALLING IN AGRICULTURE ZONE ONLY
50% of the scrutiny fee as mentioned in Regulation No. 3.2.1, 3.2.2 and 3.2.3 for the
respective uses and type of dwelling units subject to minimum scrutiny fee Rs. 300.
5. RENEWAL OF DEVELOPMENT PERMISSION:
Development permission granted under these regulations shall be deemed to be lapsed, if
such development work has not been commenced till the expiry of one year from the date of
commencement certificate/development permission. Provided that, the Competent
Authority may on application made to it before the expiry of above period (one year)
extended such period by a further period of one year at a time by charging Rs. 500/- for
renewal of development permission. The extended period shall in no case exceed three
years in the aggregate.
6. PUBLIC CHARITABLE TRUST:
Rs. 500 if the intended development is for hospitals, dispensaries, schools or colleges or a
place of worship, dharmshala, hostels, etc. constructed by a public charitable trust
registered under Public Charitable Trust Act 1950 or for any other purpose which the
Authority may specify by a general or special order.
7. DEVELOPMENT PERMISSION FOR MINING, QUARRYING AND BRICK KILN
OPERATIONS:
In case of mining, quarrying and brick kiln operations, the scrutiny fees will be as under.
(i) Mining, quarrying and brick kiln operation. Rs. 500 per 0.4 hectare or part there of
and a maximum of Rs. 2500
(ii) Brick kiln without Chimney. Rs. 25 per 0.1 hectare or part there of and a maximum
of Rs. 500
(iii) Processing of lime sagol etc. without construction. Rs. 25 per 0.1 hectare or part
there of and a maximum of Rs. 250.
(iv) Renewal of permission for mining, quarrying Rs. 50 for one year.
(v) Renewal of permission for brick kiln (without chimney) Rs. 25 for one year.
(vi) Renewal of permission for processing of sagol, lime etc. without construction.Rs.
10 for one year.
Note: - Fees to be decided by Competent Authority from time to time.
DEVELOPMENT CHARGE:
A copy of the receipt of the Development Charge if any, shall be submitted along with the
application form.
182
FORM NO. C (a)

(See Rule-9 and Regulation No. 3.1)
Gujarat Town Planning and Urban Development Act, 1976.
Application for permission of Brick-kiln, Mining and Quarrying under Section – 27.
To
The
Chief Executive Authority/Municipal Commissioner,
Urban Development Authority / Municipal Corporation
I/We hereby apply for permission for development as described below. I/We are applying
for development on this land for the first time. I/We certify that all terms and conditions laid
down in the development permission granted during last year/previous years have been
scrupulous observed.
Signature :
Date :
1. Applicant Name :
2. Postal Address :
3. Applicant's interest/title in land
with respect of records of rights. :
4. Description of land, village,
Revenue Survey No. and Area :
5. Present use of land :
6. Proposed use of land :
7. i) Whether in past brick-
kiln/mining/quarrying was
undertaken on the land in question ? :
ii) If yes, since which year ? :

iii) Whether development :
permission and N.A. permission
were obtained ?
8. Total area of land in question :
9. How much area is already put to
183
such use so far ? (Please show :

on sketch plan)
10. Area now proposed to be taken :
up for brick manufacture
(Please show on sketch plan)
11. Duration (in month/year) for :
which permission is sought (Give
time-limit for completion or
termination of such use)
12. If the permission is asked for :
renewal
i) No. and date of previous :
permission
ii) Amount of the Security :
Deposit
Instruction to applicant regarding sketch plan and documents to be submitted

along with the application (for new permission as well as renewal).
1) An extract of the record of rights or any other document showing the ownership of
the landowner for this purpose shall be indicated with necessary documentary
proof if the applicant is not the owner of the land in question.
2) Zoning certificate from the Authority shall be enclosed along with the application.
3) A certified site plan showing the land in question along with surrounding area shall
be attached.
4) True copies of last years permission.
184
FORM NO. 2 (a)

(Sec. reg. No.3.3 VII)
CERTIFICATE OF UNDERTAKING OF
REGISTERED ARCHITECT/ENGINEER
TO
___________________________________________________________________________
REF : Proposed work of _______________________________________________________
(Title of the project)
C.S.No/R.S.No./F.P. No. _________________________________________________
in ward No. _____________ at Village ______________ Taluka __________________
T.P.S.No________________ of ____________________________
Village/Town/City
For __________________________________________________________________
(Name of Owner/Organiser/Developer/Builder)
Address ______________________________________________________________
Tele. No. _____________________________________________________________
I am a member of Council of Architects/I am possessing current registration to act as registered
Engineer.
I hereby certify that I am appointed as the Registered Architect/Engineer/Surveyor to prepare the

plans, sections and details as required under the provisions of the Act. Development Control
Regulation for the above mentioned project and that I have prepared and signed the same and that
the execution of the project shall be carried out under my direction and supervision as per the
approved drawings. I am fully conversant with the provisions of the Regulations/ which are in force
and about my duties and responsibilities under the same and I undertake to fulfil them in all respect.
I also undertake to provide adequate measure for installation of plumbing, drainage, sanitation and
water supply. The appointment of site supervisor, clerk of works, building contractor, plumbing
contractor and electrical contractor shall be made at the appropriate stage before the relevant work
commences.
Signature :
Reg. No. _____________ Date
_____________
Name : _________________________
Address : __________________________________________________________________
Tele. No.: _________________________
185
FORM NO. 2 (b)

REGISTERED STRUCTURAL DESIGNER
TO
___________________________________
Ref : Proposed work of ________________________________________________________
(Title of the work)
C.S.No./R.S.No./F.P.No .__________________________in ward ________________________
at village _____________________________Taluka __________________________________
in T.P.S.No. _____________________________ of ___________________________
(Village/Town/City)
Owner : _____________________________________________________________________
Address : ____________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________
Tele. No. ____________________________________________________________________
I am possessing current Registration to act as a structural Designer. This is to certify that I am
appointed as the registered structural designer to prepare the structural report, structural details
and structural drawings for the above mentioned project. I am fully conversant of my duties and
responsibilities under the Regulations and assure that I shall fulfil them in all respect. I have
prepared and signed the structural design and drawing of the proposed building and further certify
its structural safety and stability.
I undertake to supply the owner and the supervisor the detailed drawings. If my services are
terminated, I undertake to intimate the Authority in writing.
Signature :
Registration No. _____________ Date ________
Name _____________________________
Address ____________________________________________________________________
Tele. No. ___________________________________________________________________
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------* To be
struck off if not applicable.
186
FORM NO. 2(C)

REGISTERED CLERKS OF WORKS/SITE SUPERVISER/DEVELOPER/OWNER
To...............................................
...................................................
..................................................
Ref : Proposed work of .......................................................................................................
(Title of the work )
C.S..NO. /R.S.NO. /F.P.NO.................................................in word................
at village............................................. Taluka.................................................
in T.P.S NO........................................at.........................................................
(Villlage/City/Town)
Owner :
Address :
Tele. No........................................
I possess a current Registration to act as Registered .....................................................
I hereby certify that I am appointed as a registered .................................................on the above
mentioned project and that all the works under my charge shall be executed in accordance with
the stipulations of the National Building Code and relevant standards of the I.S.I.
I am fully conversant with the provisions of the Regulations which are in force and about the
Duties and Responsibilities under the same and I undertake to fulfil them in all respect.
* I undertake not to supervise more than ten works at a given time as provided in Development
Control Regulations.
* I undertake not to supervise work simultaneously at one point of time on any other
sites during my supervision of the execution of this work.
Signature:
Registration No...................Date..............
Name..................................................................................
Address...............................................................................
..................................................................................
Tele.No................................................................................
.............................................................................................................................................
* To be struck off if not applicable
187
FORM No 2(d)
CERTIFICATE UNDERTAKING
FOR HAZARD SAFETY REQUIREMENT

To,
REF: Proposed work of _______________________________________________

(Title of project)
C.S. No./RS.NO..NO. (F.P. No. ___________________________________________In ward No. ___________________ at Village

_______________ Taluka ______________ T.P.S. No. __________________ of ________________ Village/Town/City
1. Certified that the building plans submitted for approval satisfy the safety requirements as stipulated under Buil ding Regulation
No. 36 and the information given therein is factually correct to the best of our knowledge and understanding.
1. It is also certified that the structural design including safety from hazards based on soil conditions shall be duly incorporated
in the design of the building and these provisions shall be adhered to during the construction
Signature of Owner with date_____________ Signature of the

Name in Block Letters__________________ Structural Engineer with date_______________
Address_____________________________ Name in Block Letters____________________
__________________________ Address________________________________
__________________________ ___________________________________
Signature of the Signature of the

Developer with date ______________ Architect with date________________________
Name in Block Letters ____________ Name in Block Letters_____________________
Address________________________ Address ______________________________
_________________________ _____________________________
188
189
190
191
192
Form No.2(e)
(See reg. No.3.3 VII)
I the undersigned am
the owner/developer/builder of land bearing S/No. OP No. F. P. No.
T.P. No. of village I have
put up the application for New/revised/alteration development permission for the purpose of
under the Gujarat Town Planning and Urban Development Act 1976 & I have
appointed Mr. / I my self will be carrying out the development
work at above land as a developer & Myself/Mr w i l l b e
considered as Registered dev. Under the present GDCR. I as a owner/developer have appointed
following as Architect/Str.Engineer/Site Supervisor/Clerk of work & I will inform immediately to
VUDA in case of any change.
Name Reg. No. Sign
(1) Architect _______________________________________________________
(2) Structural Engineer_______________________________________________
(3) Site Supervisor __________________________________________________
(4) Clerk of Work ____________________________________________________
As a register owner/developer I am aware of the rules and regulations of present GDCR &
my responsibility & duties as a developer/owner under this regulations & I know that they are
binding to me. I therefore undertake that I will carryout the work on site as per the GDCR & as per the
approved map by VUDA under the supervision & guidance of Architect, Structural Engineer, Site
Supervisor, Clerk of Work. I will make the arrangement for laboratory test of soil & each material
used in construction, and the report will be submitted to VUDA. As per the regulations I will inform
VUDA the progress of work at each stipulated progress stage & will complete the work as per
regulations and obtain plinth & occupancy certificate from VUDA and than only make available the
building for use.
Land owner _________________________
Developer _________________________
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
INDEX
No Contents Page No.
1. Preamble 1
1.1 Short Title-Extent And Commencement
2. Definitions. 2
2.1. Act
2.2. Additions And / Or Alterations
2.3. Advertising Sign / Hoarding.
2.4. Air – Conditioning
2.5. Amenities
2.6. Apartment / Flats
2.7. Automatic Sprinkler System
2.8. Basement Or Cellar
2.9. Building
2.10. Building Line
2.11. Building Unit
2.12. Built-Up Area
2.13. Balcony Or Gallery
2.14. Competent Authority
2.15. Chimney
2.16. Chhajja
2.17. Chowk
2.18. Combustible Material
2.19. Contiguous Holding
2.20. Corridor
2.21. Courtyard
2.22. Common Plot
2.23. Developer
2.24. Dharmashala
2.25. Drain
2.26. Dwelling Unit
2.27. Enclosed Staircase
2.28. Existing Building
2.29. Existing Use
2.30. Exit
i
2.31. External Wall

2.32. Escape Route
2.33. Fire And/Or Emergency Alarm System
2.34. Fire Lift
2.35. Fire Proof Door
2.36. Fire Pump
2.37. Fire pump – Booster Fire Pump
(I) Fire Resisting Material
2.38. Fire Resistance
2.39. Fire Separation
2.40. Fire Service Inlet
2.41. Fire Tower
2.42. Floor
2.43. Floor Space Index (F. S. I.)
2.44. Floor Area
2.45. Front
2.46. Footing
2.47. Foundation
2.48. Height Of Building
2.49. Existing Nucleus/Gamtal
2.50. Ground Level
2.51. Garage – Private
2.52. Garage – Public
2.53. Habitable Room
2.54. Height Of A Room
2.55. Home Occupation
2.56. Hazardous Material:
2.56. (i) I. T. Node
2.56. (ii) Knowledge Township
2.56. (iii) Medical / Health Node
2.56. (iv) Technology Node
2.57. Lift
2.58. Loft
2.59. Margin
2.60. Mezzanine Floor
2.61. Neighbourhood Centre, Civic Centre And District Center
ii
(a) Node
2.62. Natural Hazard
2.63. Natural Hazard Prone Areas
2.64. Non – Combustible
2.65. Occupancy Or Use
2.66. Open Space
2.67. Owner
2.68. Parapet
2.69. Parking Space
2.70. Partition
2.71. Permanent Open Air Space:
2.72. Permission
2.73. Plinth
2.74. Plinth Area
(i) Plot Level
2.75. Porch
2.76. Public Purpose
2.77. Real Estate Development
2.78. Registered Architect / Engineer / Structural Designer,
Clerk Of Works, Site Supervisor, Developer:
2.79. Retention Activity
2.80. Residental Use
2.81. Road / Street
2.82. Road / Street - Level Or Grade
2.83. Road / Street Line
2.84. “Road Width” Or “Width Of Road / Street”:
2.85. Self Use Development
2.86. Service Road
2.87. Shopping Centre Or Commercial centre
2.88. Smoke – Stop Door.
2.89. Stair Cover
2.90. Storey
(i) Semi - Detached Tenament Building
(ii) Stall
2.91. Tenement
2.92. Tenement Building And Ownership Flats
iii
2.93. Travel Distance

2.94. Technology Park
2.95. Water Closet (W.C.)
2.96. Water Course
2.97. Water Course, Major.
2.98. Water Tanks Or Talav Or Pond Or Lake
2.99. “Warehouse” Or “Godown”
2.100. Window
2.101. Width Of A Street.
2.102. Natural Hazard
2.103. Neighbourhood Centre,Civic Centre And District Center
3. Procedure For Securing Development Permission. 14
3.1. Application For Development Permission
3.2. Scrutiny Fee
3.2.1. Built Up Area – Low rise
3.2.2. Built Up Area – High rise
3.2.3. Subdivision And Amalgamation Of Land
3.2.4. Urban Centres, Rural Centres And Area Outside
Urban Complex And Falling In Agriculture Zone Only
3.2.5. Renewal Of Development Permission
3.2.6. Public Charitable Trust
3.2.7. Development Permission For Mining, Quarrying
And Brick Kiln Operations
3.2.8. Security Deposit
3.3 Forms Of Application
3.4 General Notation For Plan
3.5 Documents To Be Furnished With The Application
3.6 Plans And Specifications To Be Prepared By Registered
Architect/ Engineer
3.7 Rejection Of Application
3.8 Cancellation Of Permission
3.9 Mandatory Disclosers :
4. General Requirements For Development 22
4.1. Margin And / Or Setback
4.2. Development Of Land In The Development Area
4.2.1. Conformity With Other Acts And Regulations
iv
4.2.2. Requirements Of Site:

4.3 Development Work To Be In Conformity With The Regulations
4.4 Document At Site
4.5 Inspection
4.6 General
4.7 Addition To Existing Structures
5. Decision Of The Authority. 26
5.1. Grant Or Refuse Of The Permission Application
5.2. Suspension Of Permission
5.3. Grant Of Development Permission
5.3.1. Grant Of Development Permission
5.3.2. Service And Amenities Fees
5.4. Liability
5.5. Responsibilities Of The Applicant
5.6. Development Without Prior Legitimate Permission
5.7. Deviation During Course Of Construction
6. Inspection. 30
6.1 General Requirements
6.2 Procedure During Construction
6.3 Occupancy Certificate
6.4 Illegal Occupation Of Building
7. Occupancy Certificate 33
7.1 Application For Occupancy
7.2 Issue Of Occupancy Certificate
8. Development Undertaken On Behalf Of Government 34
9. Registration Of Architect, Engineer, Structural Designer,
Clerk Of Works, Developer. 35
9.1 Application For Registration
9.2 Revocation Of Registration
9.3 Duties & Responsibilities
9.3.1 General Duties And Responsibilities Applicable To All
9.3.2 Architect
9.3.3 Engineer
9.3.4 Structural Designer
9.3.5 Clerk Of Works / Site Supervisor
9.3.6 Developers
v
9.3.7 Responsibilities Of Owners

9.4 Structural Expert & Testing Laboratories :
9.5 Appointement Of Employees
9.5.1 In Case Of Termination Of Employees:
9.5.2 In Case Of Death Of Employees:
10. Development Of Land 43
10.1 Layout Of Building Unit
10.1.1 Amalgamation And/Or Subdivision Of Building Unit :
10.1.2 Amalgamation And/Or Subdivision Of Building Unit
With Existing Structures
10.1.3 Amalgamation Of Building Unit Abutting On 18.00 Mt.
And Above.
10.2 Internal Building Layout In A Building Unit
10.3 Level Of Building Unit
10.4 Requirement Of Road Width For 10.1 & 10.2
10.5 Approaches To The Building.
10.5.1 For Residential Development
10.5.2 For Other Than Residential Use.
10.6 Common Plot
(1) For Residential & Commercial Use :
(2) For Industrial Use:
(3) Other Than Residential, Commercial & Industrial:
(4) General Requirements:
10.7 Mixed Development (Low-Rise And High-Rise)
10.8 Length Of A Building
10.9 Percolating Well
10.10 Soak Pit
10.11 Collection Of Dry & Wet Waste
10.12 Provision Of Borewell
10.13 Closed Textiles Mills :
11. Special Development Requirements For Existing
Nucleus And Gamtal Area 49
11.1 Minimum Building Unit
11.2 Access To Building
11.3 Set Back
11.3.1 Margins
vi
11.4 Open Space

11.4.1 Chowk And Open Air Space
11.4.2 Water Closet And Bathroom
11.4.3 Open Space To Be Open To Sky
11.5 Height Of Building
11.6 Projections On Set Backs
11.6.1 Weather Shed :
11.6.2 Door/Window Shutters And Steps
11.6.3 Cellar
11.6.4 Plinth
11.7 Floor Space Index And Maximum Permissible Built-Up Area
11.7.1 Relaxation In F.S.I.
11.8 Permissible Uses
11.9 Parking
11.10 Addition To Existng Structure
12. Development Requirements For Other Than
Gamtal And Walled City Area 53
12.1 (A) Uses Not Permissible:
(B) Uses Permissible For Commercial Development:
12.2 Minimum Area Of A Building Unit
12.3 Floor Space Index (F.S.I.)
12.3.1 Permissible FSI
12.3.2 Maximum Permissible Height
12.3.3 Relaxation In FSI
12.4 Margin And Maximum Built-Up Area On G.F.
12.4.1 (A) Residential And Commercial Use
(B) For Industrial Use
(C) Permissible Built-Up Area In Margin
(D) Restriction On Development In Margin
(E) Projection In Margins
(F) Margins From Common Plot
12.5 Open Space
12.5.1 Open Air Space
12.5.2 Water Closet And Bathroom
12.5.3 Open Space To Be Open To Sky
12.6 Development Of Building Unit In Existing Chawls
vii
12.7 Development Of Building Unit In Existing Detached

And Semi-Detached Dwelling Unit.
13. Compound Walls And Gates 60
14. A Distance From Water Course 61
B Distance From Nalia Road
C Lpg/Cng
D Set Back
15. Development Of Low Cost Housing 62
15.1 Planning
15.2 General Building Requirements
15.3 Roads And Path Ways
15.4 Minimum Required : Accommodation
15.5 Structural Requirements:
16. Provisions For Special Developments 64
16.1 Regulation For Existing Slum Redevelopment
Rehabilitation Schemes On Self Financing Basis:
16.1.1 Definition Of Slum
16.1.2 Redevelopment/Rehabilitation Of Existing Slum:
16.2 Development In Plots Reserved For Parking,
Multi Purpose (M.P.), Tronsport Node (T.N ), &
Redevelopment ( R.D), Developmentplan Of T.P. Scheme.
16.3 Group Housing
17. General Building Requirements 67
17.1 Elevators (Lifts)
17.2 Fire Protections
17.3 Safty Of Building
17.4 Plinth
17.5 Cellar
17.6 Height of floors
17.7 Loft
17.8 Stairs, Lifts, Lobbies And Corridor
17.9 Sanitary Accommodation
17.10 Ventilation
17.11 Location Of Openings
17.12 Stairway
viii
17.13 Ramps
17.14 Roofs
17.15 Terrace
17.16 Parapet
17.17 Mosquito-Proof Water Tank
17.18 Refuse Area/Disposal Of Solid Waste
17.19 Discharge Of Rain Water
17.20 Conservation Of Artifacts, Structures And Precincts
Of Historical And/Or Aesthetical And/Or Architectural
And/Or Cultural Value (Heritage Building And Heritage Precincts)
17.21 Provision Of Letter Box.
17.22 Temperory Structures :
17.23 Internal Wiring For Broadband :
18. For Special Structures Regulation 78
18.1 Special Structures
18.2 Fire Protection Requirements
18.3 Requirements Of Individual Exits At Each Floor
18.4 Building Services
19. Parking 85
19.1 Minimum Parking Space
19.2 The Parking Layout Shall Fulfill The Following Condition
19.3 Special Provision for Combined Parking Space
20. Gasoline (Motor Fuel) Filling Stations And Gasoline
Filling Cum Service Station 88
20.1 Definition
20.2 Requirement Of Filling Station And Filling-Cum-Service Station
20.3 Traffic Requirements
20.4 Entrance And Exit Considerations
21. Control Of Signs (Hoardings) And
Outdoor Display Structures Pager and Telephone Tower 90
21.1 Permission
21.2 Design And Size
21.3 Prohibited Sign
21.4 General Restrictions
21.5 Hoarding On Roof
21.6 Wall Signs
ix
21.7 Projecting Signs

21.8 Signs In Urban Renwal Project Areas
21.9 Historic Buildings
21.10 Deposit And Fees
21.11 Telecommunication Infrastructure
(Paging, Cellular Mobiles, 'V' Set, Mtnl Etc.)
22. Mining, Quarrying And Brick Kiln 94
23. Control Of Air And Water Pollution 95
24. Control Of Drains, Sewers, Drainage And Sewage Works 96
24.1 Definitions
24.2 Regulations
24.3 Septic Tank
25. Applicability Of Regulation 106
26. Maintenance Of Buildings 107
27. Relaxation 108
28. Heritage Regulations 109
28.1. Applicability
28.2. Restriction On Development / Redevelopment / Repairs Etc.
28.3. Preparation Of List Of Heritage Buildings, Heritage Precincts
And Listed Natural Features
28.4. Power To Alter, Modify Or Relax Other General Development
Control Regulations
28.5. Special Regulations For Listed Heritage Precincts
28.6. Applicability Of Development Proposals To Listed Heritage
Buildings / Listed Heritage Precincts
28.7. Incentive Uses For Listed Heritage Buildings
28.8. Creation Of New Incentives For Heritage Conservation
28.9. Maintaining Skyline And Architectural Harmony
28.10. Restrictive Covenants
28.11. Grading Of The Listed Heritage Buildings/ Listed Heritage Precincts
28.12. Demolition / Reconstruction / Alteration
28.13. Exterior Design And Height Of Buildings
28.14. Composition Of Heritage Conservation Committee
29. Supplemental And Miscellaneous Provisions 116
29.1 Interpretation
29.2 Descretionary Powers
x
30. Panalties 117

31. Tree Planation 118
32. Zoning And Provisions 121
Explanation 129
1. Light Industry
2. Service Establishment (Residential)
3. Light Home Workshops
4. Obnoxious And Hazardous Industry
5. Workshop
Appendix : A
List Of Obnoxious And Hazardous Industries
Appendix-B
Land Use Zoning In Hazard Prone Areas–Guidelines
(Regulation No. 32.1)
1. Objectives
2. Scope
3. Identification Of Hazard Prone Areas
4. Approach For Land Use Zoning
5. Prioritisation
6. Regulation For Land Use Zoning
Appendix - C
Protection Of Buildings Structures And Infrastructures
In Hazard Prone Areas
A. Protection Of Areas From Earthquakes
B. Protection From Cyclonic Wind Damage
C. Protection Of Areas From Floods
33. Regarding Installations Of Solar Assisted Water Heating 140
System.
33.1 Definitions
33.2 Installation Of Solar Water Heating System.
33.3 Capacity
33.4 Specification
33.5 Auxiliary System
34. Percolating Well With Rain Water Harvesting System. 142
1.1 Conservation And Harvesting Of Rain Water In Buildings
1.2 Percolation Pits.
xi
1.3 Terrace Water Collection

35. Access For Physically Handicpped Persons 143
1. Scope
2. Access path / Walk Way
3. Parking
4. Approach
5. Ramp
6. Steps And Stairs
7. Entrance Landing
8. Corridors
9. Doors
10. Lifts
11. Toilets
12. Drinking Water
13. Service And Information Counters.
14. Relaxation
15. Controls
16. Explanatory Notes
36. Structural Safety And Services 149
37. No Provision ---
38. Regulations For Residential Township-2009 152
1. SHORT TITLE, EXTENT AND COMMENCEMENT
2. APPLICABILITY
3. DEFINITION
4. DUTIES OF THE PRESCRIBED OFFICER:
5. STATE LEVEL SCREENING COMMITTEE:
6. PROCEDURE TO NOTIFY ANY AREA:
7. PROCEDURE FOR SECURING THE PERMISSION:
8. CONTENTS OF THE TOWNSHIP PROPOSALS :
9. PUBLIC PURPOSE INFRASTRUCTURE
10. SOCIALLY & ECONOMICALLY WEAKER SECTION HOUSING
(SEWH) AND OTHER INFRA STRUCTURE
11.PHYSICAL PLANNING PARAMETERS;
12. RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE TOWNSHIP DEVELOPER :
13.GRANT / REFUSAL OF THE PERMISSION:
14, FLOOR SPACE INDEX:
xii
15. BUILT-UP AREA AND HEIGHT:

16. ZONING, GROUND COVERAGE & OTHER REGULATIONS:
17. DEVELOPMENT OF EXTERNAL (OFFSITE INFRASTRUCTURE ):
18. SUPERVISION AND MONITORING OF THE QUALITY
OF CONSTRUCTION
19. GRIEVANCE REDRESSAL:
ANNEXURE-I Regulations to develop Socially &
Economically Weaker Section Housing
39. No Provision ---
40. Regulation of Rainwater Harvesting 167
41. Regulation Of Flyash 170
42. Regulations For The Reuse Of Water 173
Forms 178
1. Application for Development Permission (Form-C)
1.a Application for Permission of Brick-Kiln, Mining and Quarrying [Form-C(a)]
2.a Certificate of Undertaking of Registered Architect / Engineer
2.b Certificate of Undertaking of Registered Structural Designer.
2.c Certificate of Undertaking of Registered Clerks of works etc.
2.d Certificate of Undertaking for Hazard safety requirement
3. Lay out Plan, Building Plan Details Form
4. Forms for Subdivision Amalgamation
5. Development Permission (Form-D)
6.a Progress Certificate, Plinth stage
6.b Progress Certificate, First Story
6.c Progress Certificate, Middle Story in case of high-rise building
6.d Progress Certificate Last Storey
7. Completion Report
8. Building Completion Certificate
9. Form of Occupancy Certificate
10. Application Form for Registration
11. Structural Inspection Report
xiii

Preamble: 1.1 Short Title-Extent and Commencement

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Preamble: 1.1 Short Title-Extent and Commencement

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Preamble: 1.1 Short Title-Extent and Commencement

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Second Revised General Development Control Regulations 2006

2.14. COMPETENT AUTHORITY: Means any person or persons or Authority or Authorities

3. PROCEDURE FOR SECURING DEVELOPMENT

3.2.7 DEVELOPMENT PERMISSION FOR MINING, QUARRYING AND BRICK KILN

3.3 FORMS OF APPLICATION:

i) “One copy of the detailed working drawing including structural details

VI In case of layout of land or plot:

Sr. No. Item Site Plan Bldg. Plan

3.5 DOCUMENTS TO BE FURNISHED WITH THE APPLICATION

i) Approval of drawings and acceptance of any statement, documents, structural

4. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DEVELOPMENT

(4) Unauthorised development: -

5 DECISION OF THE AUTHORITY.

5.3. GRANT OF DEVELOPMENT PERMISSION

1. Application for development permission is 5 times of regulations no.3,2,1,to3,2,1

5.7. DEVIATION DURING COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION

5) All progress certificates under these Development Control Regulations shall be in

passing by such building / structures or any other structure or place in the

8. DEVELOPMENT UNDERTAKEN ON BEHALF OF

9. REGISTRATION OF ARCHITECT, ENGINEER, STRUCTURAL

(c) If the services of the registered architect are terminated, he shall

(C) DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES :

registered site supervisor.

10. DEVELOPMENT OF LAND

A. For areas within Existing Nucleus and Gamtal.

Sr. Road length. Width of road.

No. In mts. In mts.

B. For areas other than existing Nucleus and Gamtal.

10.5 APPROACHES TO THE BUILDING.

3. 15 % of the common plot may be permitted for the construction of

11. SPECIAL DEVELOPMENT REQUIREMENTS FOR EXISTING

Width of Streets Margin on Street.

11.4 OPEN SPACE

(b) OPEN AIR SPACE :

Sr. Building Unit in Maximum permissible built-up area on Maximum

11.8 PERMISSIBLE USES

Road width Uses not permissible

ROAD WIDTH FLOOR

12.2 MINIMUM AREA OF A BUILDING UNIT

Maximum Permissible Premium

0.75 2.5 2 1.8

2 Natural Growth of As per regulation 1.6 --- --- ---

12.4.1 (A) RESIDENTIAL AND COMMERCIAL USE

Width of Proposed Roads Minimum Road Side Remarks

Note : - M.K.S. and F.P.S. CONVERSION:

Plot size Margins other than road Maximum built-up area

Use Width of road Minimum Road side Margins

“Margin between two buildings

v. HIGH RISE BUILDING WITH PODIUM AND TOWER :

Minimum width of open Where height of building (above plinth

13. COMPOUND WALLS AND GATES

14.A DISTANCE FROM WATER COURSE

Sr. No Road Distance from the

2 From Pratapnagar road to end of Yamuna mill 18.0 mtr

15. DEVELOPMENT OF LOW COST HOUSING

16. PROVISIONS FOR SPECIAL DEVELOPMENTS

16.1 REGULATION FOR EXISTING SLUM REDEVELOPMENT REHABILITATION

16.3 GROUP HOUSING

17. GENERAL BUILDING REQUIREMENTS